UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018     Commission file number: 1-3579
PITNEY BOWES INC.
Incorporated in Delaware
I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 06-0495050
3001 Summer Street, Stamford, CT 06926
 
(203) 356-5000
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $1 par value per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
$2.12 Convertible Cumulative Preference Stock (no par value)
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 4% Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock ($50 par value)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No ¨
Indicate by check marks whether the registrant has submitted electronically on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files) Yes þ No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definition of " large accelerated filer, " " accelerated filer, " " smaller reporting company, " and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer þ
Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨
Smaller reporting company ¨
Emerging growth company ¨
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark whether the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No þ
As of June 30, 2018 , the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $1.6 billion based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.
Number of shares of common stock, $1 par value, outstanding as of close of business on January 31, 2019 : 188,243,432 shares.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) no later than 120 days after our fiscal year end and to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 6, 2019 , are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


1


PITNEY BOWES INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Page Number
PART I
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.
  8
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
 
Item 15.
Item 16.
 
 
 

2

PART I


Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (Annual Report) contains statements that are forward-looking. We want to caution readers that any forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may change based on various factors. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties and actual results could differ materially. Words such as "estimate," "target," "project," "plan," "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend" and similar expressions may identify such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speak only as of the date hereof, and forward-looking statements in documents attached that are incorporated by reference speak only as of the date of those documents.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any of our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed or incorporated by reference in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Factors which could cause future financial performance to differ materially from the expectations as expressed in any forward-looking statement made by or on our behalf include, without limitation:
declining physical mail volumes
changes in postal regulations or changes in, or loss of, our contractual relationships with the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) or posts in other major markets
competitive factors, including pricing pressures; technological developments and the introduction of new products and services by competitors
the United Kingdom's likely exit from the European Union (Brexit)
our success in developing and marketing new products and services and obtaining regulatory approvals, if required
changes in banking regulations or the loss of our Industrial Bank charter
changes in labor conditions and transportation costs
macroeconomic factors, including global and regional business conditions that adversely impact customer demand, foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates
changes in global political conditions and international trade policies, including the imposition or expansion of trade tariffs
the continued availability and security of key information technology systems and the cost to comply with information security requirements and privacy laws
a breach of security, including a cyber-attack or other comparable event
third-party suppliers' ability to provide products and services required by our clients
our success at managing the relationships with outsource providers, including the costs of outsourcing functions and operations
capital market disruptions or credit rating downgrades that adversely impact our ability to access capital markets at reasonable costs
our success at managing customer credit risk
integrating newly acquired businesses, including operations and product and service offerings
the loss of some of our larger clients in our Commerce Services group
intellectual property infringement claims
significant changes in pension, health care and retiree medical costs
income tax adjustments or other regulatory levies from tax audits and changes in tax laws, rulings or regulations
the use of the postal system for transmitting harmful biological agents, illegal substances or other terrorist attacks
acts of nature
 
Further information about factors that could materially affect us, including our results of operations and financial condition, is contained in Item 1A. "Risk Factors" in this Annual Report.



3



ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General
Pitney Bowes Inc. (we, us, our, or the company), is a global technology company offering innovative products and solutions that help our clients navigate the complex world of commerce. We offer customer information management, location intelligence and customer engagement products and solutions to help our clients market to their customers, and shipping, mailing, fulfillment, returns and cross-border ecommerce products and solutions that enable the sending of parcels and packages across the globe. Clients around the world rely on our products, solutions and services. Pitney Bowes Inc. was incorporated in the state of Delaware in 1920. For more information about us, our products, services and solutions, visit www.pb.com .

Business Segments
Our business is organized around three distinct sets of solutions -- Commerce Services, Small and Medium Business Solutions (SMB Solutions), and Software Solutions.

Commerce Services
Our Commerce Services group includes our cross-border solutions, shipping solutions, fulfillment, delivery and return services and presort services. The Commerce Services group includes our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services segments.

Global Ecommerce
Global Ecommerce includes our cross-border ecommerce solutions, domestic retail and ecommerce shipping solutions and fulfillment, delivery and return services. Global Ecommerce provides a full suite of domestic and cross-border solutions that help businesses of all sizes conduct commerce and participate in the parcel journey from “Anywhere to Everywhere™”. It is our technology, services and industry expertise that have made us an industry leader in global ecommerce. We offer a unified ecommerce platform of capabilities for cross-border, marketplaces and shipping that center around the consumer, from simple solutions that allow a customer to print shipping labels to full service solutions from time of order to time of delivery and return. With our proprietary technology, we are able to manage all aspects of the international shopping and shipping experience, including multi-currency pricing, payment processing, fraud management, calculation of all duty, tax and shipping costs at checkout, compliance with product restrictions, export complexities and documentation requirements for customs clearance and brokerage and global logistics services. Our cross-border ecommerce software platforms are utilized by direct merchants as well as major online marketplaces enabling millions of parcels to be shipped worldwide. Our platform also connects retailers to marketplaces around the world, opening new markets and expanding existing markets for their goods.
Our shipping management solutions enable clients to reduce transportation and logistics costs, select the best carrier based on need and cost, improve delivery times and track packages in real-time. Powered by our shipping application programming interface (API) technology, an integral part of the Pitney Bowes Commerce Cloud, we can provide easy access to shipping and tracking services that can be easily integrated into any web application such as online shopping carts or ecommerce sites and provide guaranteed delivery times and flexible payment options. We do not perform the physical shipping function; however, our technology allows users to select the best shipper based on need and cost.

Presort Services
We are a workshare partner of the USPS and national outsource provider of mail sortation services that allow clients to qualify large volumes of First-Class Mail, Marketing Mail and Bound and Packet Mail (Standard Flats and Bound Printed Matter) for postal worksharing discounts. We process over 16 billion pieces of mail annually through our network of operating centers throughout the United States. Our Presort Services network and fully-customized proprietary technology provides clients with end-to-end solutions from pick up at their location to delivery into the postal system network, expedited mail delivery and optimal postage savings.

Small and Medium Business Solutions
We are a global leader in providing a full range of equipment, technology, supplies and services that enable our clients to efficiently create mail, evidence postage and help simplify and save on the sending, tracking and receiving of mail, flats and parcels. We are a leading global provider of sending systems and technology. Our cloud enabled infrastructure provides software-as-a-service (SaaS) offerings delivered online and via connected or mobile devices. Our latest offerings are designed on an open platform architecture that leverages partnerships with other innovative companies as well as an ecosystem of developers to deliver new value to our clients. Within the SMB Solutions group is the North America Mailing segment, comprised of the sending operations in the U.S. and Canada, and the International Mailing segment, comprised of all other sending businesses globally.

4


We will begin offering expanded third-party leasing solutions to our existing SMB client base in the United States in 2019. Under this program, in addition to leasing options for our mailing equipment products, we will offer leasing alternatives for our existing SMB client base to lease other manufacturers' equipment to meet their business needs.

Software Solutions
Within Software Solutions, we offer data, customer information management, location intelligence and customer engagement solutions. These solutions are delivered as on-premise licenses or on-demand/SaaS applications.
Data solutions enable businesses to identify addresses, locations, businesses and individuals. Our address-centric approach provides us the ability to verify, standardize, locate and enrich both physical and digital addresses with actionable insights. The quality and accuracy of data is foundational to many business processes, including the identification and mitigation of risk and fraud, the onboarding of and marketing to customers and potential customers, and helping organizations better serve their customers.
Customer information management solutions help businesses identify high-value customers and prospects, develop a deep and broad understanding of their customers and provide a single view of the customer in context to their location, relationships and influence. By understanding who their customers are, and what they do, businesses can in turn understand preferences and purchasing behaviors, detect fraudulent activity and increase marketing effectiveness and services. We are one of the market leaders in the data quality segment. Large corporations and government agencies rely on our products in complex, high-volume, transactional environments to support their business processes.
Location intelligence solutions enable businesses to understand the complex relationships between location, geographic and other forms of data to drive business decisions and customer experiences. Our location intelligence solutions use predictive analytics and location, geographic and socio-demographic data to add context and insight, making it possible to pinpoint the best placement for retail sites, improve risk assessment and efficiently deploy infrastructure resources to better serve their customers, solve business problems, deliver location-based services and drive business growth.
Customer engagement solutions enable businesses to communicate with their customers in more personalized and relevant ways that enhance customer interactions across the entire customer lifecycle. Through personalized, impactful and timely physical and digital interactions, businesses can improve customer satisfaction, reduce support costs and drive sales. Our customer engagement solutions enable businesses to create connected experiences that positively influence future consumer behavior and generate business growth.
Seasonality
As our business continues to transform and shipping becomes a bigger part of our financial performance, a larger percentage of our revenue and earnings will be earned in the fourth quarter relative to the other quarters, driven primarily by the impact of the holiday season on Commerce Services.
 
Client Service
We provide call-center, online and on-site support services for our products and solutions. Most of our support services are provided under maintenance contracts.

Sales and Marketing
We market our products, solutions and services through a direct and inside sales force, global and regional partner channels, direct mailings and web-based offerings.

Competition
All of our businesses face competition from a number of companies. Our competitors range from large, multinational companies that compete against many of our businesses to smaller, more narrowly focused regional and local firms. We compete on the basis of technology and innovation; breadth of product offerings; our ability to design and tailor solutions to specific client needs; performance; client service and support; price; quality and brand.

We must continue to invest in our current technologies, products and solutions, and in the development of new technologies, products and solutions in order to maintain and improve our competitive position. We will encounter new competitors as we transition to higher value markets and offerings and enter new markets.





5


A summary of the competitive environment for each of our business segments is as follows:

Global Ecommerce
The market for international ecommerce software and fulfillment services is highly fragmented and includes competitors of various sizes, including companies with greater financial resources than us. Some of these competitors specialize in point solutions or freight forwarding services, are full-service ecommerce business process outsourcers and online marketplaces with international logistic support, or major global delivery services companies. We also see a competitive threat from companies who can offer both domestic and cross-border solutions in a single package which creates leverage for those competitors on pricing. The principal competitive factors include reliability, functionality, ease of integration and use, scalability, innovation, support services and price. We compete based on the accuracy, reliability and scalability of our platform and logistics services, our ability to provide clients and their customers a one-stop full-service ecommerce experience and the ability to provide a more customized shipping solution to smaller businesses than some of our larger competitors in the industry. We also compete, within shipping solutions, with a wide range of technology providers who help make shipping easier and more cost-effective. There are established players in the marketplace as well as many small companies offering negotiated carrier rates (primarily with the USPS). The principal competitive factors include technology stability and reliability, innovation, access to preferred shipping rates and ease of integration with existing systems.

Presort Services
We face competition from regional and local presort providers, cooperatives of multiple local presort providers, consolidators and service bureaus that offer presort solutions as part of a larger bundle of outsourcing services. While not necessarily competitors in the traditional sense, large mail owners have the capability to presort their own mailings in-house. The principal competitive factors include innovative service, delivery speed, tracking and reporting, industry expertise and economies of scale. Our competitive advantages include our extensive network of presort facilities capable of processing significant volumes and our innovative and proprietary technology that enables us to provide our clients with reliable, secure and precise services offering maximum postage discounts.

North America Mailing and International Mailing
We face significant competition from other mail equipment and software providers, companies that offer products and services as alternative means of message communications and those that offer shipping and mailing products and services through on-line solutions. Additionally, as competitive alternative communication methods in comparison to mail grow, our SMB Solutions operations could be affected. We differentiate ourselves in many areas including: software and hardware solutions; pricing; available financing and payment offerings; product reliability; support services; industry knowledge and expertise and attractiveness of alternative communication methods. Our competitive advantage includes our breadth of physical and web-based digital offerings, customer service and our extensive knowledge of the shipping and mailing industry. Through our wholly owned subsidiary, The Pitney Bowes Bank (the Bank), we offer a revolving credit solution to our clients in the United States that enables them to pay the rental fee for certain mailing equipment and to purchase postage, services and supplies. The Bank also provides an interest-bearing deposit solution to those clients who prefer to prepay postage. We also provide similar revolving credit solutions to our clients in Canada and the U.K., but not through the Bank. Our financing operations face competition, in varying degrees, from large, diversified financial institutions, including leasing companies, commercial finance companies and commercial banks, as well as small, specialized firms. Not all our competitors are able to offer these financing and payment solutions to their customers and we believe these solutions differentiate us from our competitors and are a source of competitive advantage. The Bank is chartered as an Industrial Bank under the laws of the State of Utah, and is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Utah Department of Financial Institutions.

Software Solutions
We operate in several highly competitive and rapidly evolving markets and face competition ranging from large global companies that offer a broad suite of solutions to smaller, more narrowly-focused companies that can design very targeted solutions. The principal competitive factors include reliability, functionality, ease of integration and use, scalability, innovation, support and price. We compete based on the accuracy, breadth, scalability and processing speed of our products and solutions, our geocoding and reverse geocoding capabilities, our expertise in address validation, and our ability to identify rapidly changing customer needs and develop technologies and solutions to meet these changing needs.

Financing Solutions
We offer a variety of solutions that enable clients to finance equipment and product purchases, make rental and lease payments, replenish postage and purchase supplies. As product and service offerings evolve, we continually evaluate whether there are appropriate financing solutions to offer our clients. We establish credit approval limits and procedures based on the credit quality of the client and the type of product or service provided to control risk in extending credit to clients. In addition, we utilize a systematic decision program for certain leases. This program is designed to facilitate low dollar transactions by utilizing historical payment patterns and behaviors of clients with

6


similar credit characteristics. This program defines criteria under which we will accept a client without performing a more detailed credit investigation, such as maximum equipment cost, a client's time in business and payment experience. 
We closely monitor the portfolio by analyzing industry sectors and delinquency trends by product line, industry and client to ensure reserve levels and credit policies reflect current trends. Management continues to closely monitor credit lines and collection resources and revise credit policies as necessary to be more selective in managing the portfolio.
In 2019, we will begin offering expanded third-party leasing solutions to our existing SMB client base in the United States. Under this program, we will offer leasing alternatives for our existing SMB client base to lease other manufacturers' equipment to meet their business needs. By offering this program to our existing SMB clients, we will be able to leverage our extensive credit review and history of these clients to establish credit limits and control risk.

Research, Development and Intellectual Property
We invest in research and development activities to develop new products and solutions, enhance the effectiveness and functionality of existing products and solutions and deliver high value technology, innovative software and differentiated services in high value segments of the market. As a result of our historical research and development efforts, we have been awarded a number of patents with respect to several of our innovations and products. However, as we transition our business to more software and service-based offerings and patent laws make it more difficult to obtain patent protection, we now rely more on trade secrets and confidentiality. Our businesses are not materially dependent on any one patent or license or group of related patents or licenses.

Third-party Suppliers
We depend on third-party suppliers for a variety of services and product components and other vendors to enable our product and shipping solutions. In certain instances, we rely on single-sourced or limited-sourced suppliers and vendors around the world because the relationship is advantageous due to quality, price, or there are no alternative sources. We believe that our available sources for services, components, supplies and manufacturing are adequate.

Regulatory Matters
We are subject to the regulations of postal authorities worldwide related to product specifications of our postage meters. Our Presort Services business practices are also subject to regulations of the USPS. The operations of the Bank and certain company affiliates that provide services to the Bank are subject to the regulations of the Utah Department of Financial Institutions and the FDIC. We are also subject to transportation, customs and trade regulations worldwide related to our cross-border shipping services and regulations concerning data privacy and security for our businesses that use, process and store certain personal, confidential or proprietary data.

Employees and Employee Relations
At December 31, 2018 , we have approximately 13,300 employees worldwide. We believe that we maintain strong relationships with our employees. Management keeps employees informed of decisions and encourages and implements employee suggestions whenever practicable.

Available Information
Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments thereto filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), are available, free of charge, through the Investor Relations section of our website at www.pb.com/investorrelations or from the SEC's website at www.sec.gov, as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The other information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.


7


Executive Officers of the Registrant
Our executive officers are:
Name
 
Age
 
Title
 
Executive
Officer Since
Marc B. Lautenbach
 
57
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
2012
Jason C. Dies
 
49
 
Executive Vice President and President, SMB Solutions
 
2017
Daniel J. Goldstein
 
57
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary
 
2010
Robert Guidotti
 
61
 
Executive Vice President and President, Software Solutions
 
2016
Roger J. Pilc
 
51
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer
 
2013
Lila Snyder
 
46
 
Executive Vice President and President, Commerce Services
 
2016
Christoph Stehmann
 
56
 
Executive Vice President, International SMB Solutions
 
2016
Stanley J. Sutula III
 
53
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
2017
Johnna G. Torsone
 
68
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
 
1993
There are no family relationships among the above officers. All of the officers have served in various executive positions with the company for at least the past five years except as described below:

Mr. Dies was appointed to the office of Executive Vice President and President, SMB Solutions in October 2017. He joined the company in 2015 as President, Document Messaging Technologies (DMT). Prior to joining the company, Mr. Dies was employed at IBM where he held several leadership positions in North America, Europe, and Asia across diverse business units.

Mr. Guidotti was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Software Solutions in January 2016. Before joining Pitney Bowes, Mr. Guidotti held a series of executive positions at IBM including General Manager, Software Sales where he was responsible for the $23 billion worldwide Software portfolio.

Ms. Snyder was elected to the office of Executive Vice President and President, Commerce Services in January 2016. She joined the company in November 2013 as President, DMT and became President, Global Ecommerce in June 2015. Prior to joining Pitney Bowes, Ms. Snyder was a Partner at McKinsey & Company, Inc. In her 15 years at McKinsey, she focused on serving clients in the technology, media and communications sectors and was the leader of McKinsey's Stamford office. 

Mr. Sutula joined the company as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in February 2017. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Sutula was employed at IBM for 28 years where he held several leadership positions in the United States and Europe. Most recently, Mr. Sutula was Vice President and Controller.


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our operations face certain risks that should be considered in evaluating our business. We manage and mitigate these risks on a proactive basis, including through the use of an enterprise risk management program. Nevertheless, the following risk factors, some of which may be beyond our control, could materially impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, brand and reputation, and may cause future results to be materially different than our current expectations. These risk factors are not intended to be all inclusive.

Significant disruptions to postal operations or adverse changes to our relationships with posts in the United States or elsewhere could adversely affect our financial results.
We are dependent on a healthy postal sector in the geographic markets where we operate both our mailing and shipping businesses, particularly in the United States. A significant portion of our revenue also depends on our contractual relationships with posts. Changes in the financial viability of the major posts, or the statutes and regulations determining how they operate, or changes in our contractual relationships with these posts, could materially adversely affect the financial performance of the businesses we conduct with them.



8


We are subject to postal regulations and processes, which could adversely affect our financial results.
A significant portion of our business is subject to regulation and oversight by the USPS and posts in other major markets. These postal authorities have the power to regulate our current products and services and regulate and approve many of our new or future product and service offerings. If our new or future product and service offerings are not approved, if there are significant conditions to approval or, if regulations on our existing products or services are changed, our financial performance could be adversely impacted.

If we are not able to respond to the continuing decline in the volume of physical mail delivered via traditional postal services, our financial performance could be adversely impacted.
Traditional mail volumes continue to decline and impact our current and future financial results. However, we have employed, and will continue to employ, strategies to stabilize the mailing business, including introducing new digital product and service offerings and providing clients broader access to products and services through online and direct sales channels. There is no guarantee that these offerings will be widely accepted in the marketplace, and they will likely face competition from existing and emerging alternative products and services.
Further, an accelerated or sudden decline in physical mail volumes could have an adverse effect on our mailing business. An accelerated or sudden decline could result from, among other things, changes in communication behavior, technologies, reductions to the Universal Service Obligation (USO) under which national posts, including the USPS, deliver to every address in a country with similar pricing and frequency, and legislation or regulations that mandate electronic substitution, prohibit certain types of mailings, increase the difficulty of using information or materials in the mail, or impose higher taxes or fees on postal services.
If we are not successful at meeting the continuing challenges faced in our mailing business, or if physical mail volumes were to experience an accelerated or sudden decline, our financial performance could be adversely impacted.

If we or our suppliers are unable to protect our information technology systems against misappropriation of data, or breaches of security resulting from cyberattacks or other similar events, our operations could be disrupted, our reputation may be harmed, the confidentiality of our data and intellectual property may be violated, and we could be subject to legal liability or regulatory enforcement action.
We depend on the security of our and our suppliers' information technology systems to support numerous business processes and activities, to support and service our clients and to support consumer transactions and postal services. Several of our businesses use, process and store proprietary information and personal, sensitive or confidential data relating to consumers and our businesses, clients and employees. Privacy laws and similar regulations in many jurisdictions where we do business require that we take significant steps to safeguard such information, and legal requirements continue to evolve. The scope of the laws that may be applicable to us is often uncertain and may be conflicting, particularly with respect to foreign laws. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which became effective in May 2018, greatly increases the jurisdictional reach of European Union law and adds a broad array of requirements for handling personal data, including the public disclosure of significant data breaches to supervisory authorities and affected parties. Other countries have enacted or are enacting data localization laws that require data to stay within their borders. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that are likely to increase over time.
There are numerous risks to cybersecurity and privacy, including individual and groups of criminal hackers, industrial espionage, denial of service attacks, computer viruses, vandalism and employee errors and/or malfeasance. These cyber threats are constantly evolving, thereby increasing the difficulty of detecting and successfully defending against them. We have security systems and procedures in place designed to ensure the continuous and uninterrupted performance of our information technology systems and to protect against unauthorized access to information. We also require our suppliers who host our information technology systems or have access to sensitive data to have appropriate security measures in place. However, there is no guarantee that these security measures will prevent or detect the unauthorized access by experienced computer programmers, hackers or others. Successful breaches could, among other things, result in the unauthorized disclosure, theft and misuse of company, client, consumer and employee sensitive and confidential information, disrupt the performance of our information technology systems and deny services to our clients. Additionally, we could be exposed to potential liability, litigation, governmental inquiries, investigations or regulatory enforcement actions, our brand and reputation damaged, and we could be subject to the payment of fines or other penalties, legal claims by our clients and significant remediation costs. Although we maintain insurance coverage relating to cybersecurity incidents, we may incur costs or financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through our insurance.

As we increase our reliance on cloud-based applications for both our internal and external services, if we or our suppliers encounter unforeseen interruptions or difficulties in the operation of those applications, our operations could be disrupted, our reputation and relationships may be harmed and our financial performance may be impacted.
Our business relies upon the continuous and uninterrupted performance of our, and our suppliers', cloud-based applications and systems to support numerous business processes, to service our clients and to support consumer transactions and postal services. Our applications and systems, and those of our partners, may be subject to interruptions due to technological errors, system capacity constraints, software

9


errors or defects, human errors, computer or communications failures, power loss, adverse acts of nature and other unexpected events. We have business continuity and disaster recovery plans in place to protect our business operations in case of such events and we also require our suppliers to have the same. Nonetheless, there can be no guarantee that these plans will function as designed. If we are unable to limit interruptions or successfully correct them in a timely manner or at all, it could result in lost revenue, loss of critical data, significant expenditures of capital, a delay or loss in market acceptance of our services and damage to our reputation, brand and relationships, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

We depend on third-party suppliers and outsource providers and our business could be adversely affected if we fail to manage these vendors effectively.
We depend on third-party suppliers and outsource providers for a variety of services and product components, the hosting of our software-as-a-service offerings, the logistics portion of our ecommerce business, and some non-core functions and operations. Some of our suppliers may also be our competitors in other contexts. In certain instances, we rely on single-sourced or limited-sourced suppliers and outsourcing vendors around the world because doing so is advantageous due to quality, price or lack of alternative sources. If production or services were interrupted, or these third-party suppliers choose to terminate their relationship with us or make material changes to their businesses or if certain of their costs were to increase and we were not able to find alternate suppliers, we could experience significant disruptions in manufacturing and operations (including product shortages, higher freight costs and re-engineering costs) as well as increased costs in the logistics portion of our ecommerce business. If outsourcing services were interrupted, not performed, or the performance was poor, our ability to process, record and report transactions with our clients, consumers and other constituents could be impacted. Such interruptions, including a cybersecurity event, in the provision of supplies and/or services could impact our ability to meet client demand, damage our reputation and client relationships and adversely affect our financial performance.

The transformation of our businesses to more digital and commerce services will result in a decline in our overall profit margins. If we cannot increase our volumes while at the same time reduce our costs, our financial performance could be impacted.
As we transform our businesses to more digital and commerce services, the revenue contribution from our Commerce Services segments have increased relative to our SMB Solutions and Software Solutions segments and is expected to continue to increase in the future. The profit margins in Commerce Services are lower than the profit margins in SMB Solutions and Software Solutions. Additionally, rising labor and transportation costs have a bigger impact on profit margins in Commerce Services as compared to SMB Solutions and Software Solutions because in Commerce Services we rely on a significant number of hourly workers at our facilities and on third parties to transport packages on behalf of our clients. Margin improvement within Commerce Services is highly dependent on increasing volumes and lowering costs. Accordingly, if we cannot obtain sufficient scale by increasing our volumes while at the same time reducing our costs in Commerce Services significantly enough to improve profit margins, our overall financial performance could be adversely impacted.

Future credit rating downgrades or capital market disruptions could adversely affect our ability to maintain adequate liquidity to provide competitive financing services to our clients and to fund various discretionary priorities.
Our financing activities include, among other things, providing competitive financing offerings to our clients and funding various discretionary priorities, such as business investments, strategic acquisitions, dividend payments and share repurchases. We fund these activities through a combination of cash generated from operations, deposits held at the Bank and access to capital markets. Our ability to access the U.S. capital markets and the associated cost of borrowing is dependent upon our credit ratings and is subject to capital market volatility. Given our current credit rating, we may not have immediate or sufficient access to the U.S. capital markets, and when we do access the U.S. capital markets, we may experience reduced financial or strategic flexibility as well as higher costs. To support our long-term strategic initiatives, our leverage may continue to increase, which could result in further credit rating downgrades. A significant decline in cash flows, further credit rating downgrades, material capital market disruptions, significant withdrawals by depositors at the Bank, adverse changes to our industrial loan charter or an increase in our credit default swap spread could impact our ability to maintain adequate liquidity to provide competitive finance offerings to our clients, refinance maturing debt and fund other financing activities, which in turn, could adversely affect our financial performance.

The international nature of our Global Ecommerce business exposes us to increased customs and regulatory risks from cross-border transactions and foreign exchange rate fluctuations. The loss of any of our largest clients in our Global Ecommerce segment could have a material adverse effect on the segment.
Our Global Ecommerce segment is subject to significant trade regulations, taxes, and duties throughout the world. Any changes to these regulations could potentially impose increased documentation and delivery requirements, increase costs, delay delivery times, and subject us to additional liabilities, which could negatively impact our ability to compete in international markets and adversely impact our financial performance.
The sales generated from many of our clients’ internationally focused websites running on our platform are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Currently, our platforms are located in the U.S., U.K. and Australia and a majority of consumers making purchases

10


through these platforms are in a limited number of foreign countries. A strengthening of the U.S. Dollar or British Pound relative to currencies in the countries where we do the most business impacts our ability to compete internationally as the cost of similar international products improves relative to the cost of U.S. and U.K. retailers' products. A strong U.S. Dollar or British Pound would likely result in a decrease in international sales volumes, which would adversely affect the segment's revenue and profitability.
The Global Ecommerce segment receives a large portion of its revenue from a relatively small number of clients and business partners. The loss of any of these larger clients or business partners, or a substantial reduction in their use of our products or services, could have a material adverse effect on the revenue and profitability of the segment. There can be no assurance that our larger clients and business partners will continue to utilize our products or services at current levels, or that we would be able to replace any of these clients or business partners with others who can generate revenue at current levels.

Our international operations may be adversely impacted by the United Kingdom's likely exit from the European Union.
In March 2017, the U.K. issued a formal notification of its intention to leave the European Union (EU). The U.K. is expected to exit the EU (Brexit) on March 29, 2019, unless an extension is agreed upon by the parties. Approximately 12% of our consolidated revenue is generated from counties in the EU, including the U.K. Although the ultimate outcome of Brexit is unknown, the effects of Brexit may adversely impact global economic conditions, contribute to instability in global financial and foreign exchange markets, impact trade and commerce, including the imposition of additional tariffs and duties and require additional documentation and inspection checks of the movement of goods between the U.K. and EU countries, leading to delays at ports of entry and departure. In particular, Brexit may have an adverse effect on cross-border ecommerce both into and out of the U.K. Brexit may also affect our supply chain for our International Mailing segment. Any of these and other changes, implications or consequences of Brexit could adversely affect our financial performance.

Our operations may be negatively impacted by the recent developments in trade policies and tariffs.
We source certain parts and components used in our mailing products from manufacturers located outside of the U.S. and we sell certain of our products to customers located outside the U.S. The U.S. Administration has increased tariffs on certain goods imported into the U.S. from countries that we source parts and components from and has raised the possibility of imposing significant additional tariff increases. The announcement of tariffs on imported goods has triggered actions by certain foreign governments and may trigger additional actions by those and other foreign governments. These types of bilateral tariffs could materially increase the cost of certain import products, impact or limit the availability of such products, and/or decrease demand for certain of our products, which could adversely affect our financial performance. The tariffs already imposed have increased our costs and if such tariffs are increased any further, it will increase our costs even more.

Our business depends on our ability to attract and retain employees at a reasonable cost to meet the needs of our business and to consistently deliver highly differentiated competitive offerings.
Given the rapid growth of the ecommerce industry, there has been intense competition for employees in the shipping, transportation and logistics industry, including drivers and factory employees. There is also significant competition for the talent needed to continue to develop our products. If we are unable to find and retain sufficient employees at a reasonable cost, or if the compensation required grows too rapidly, it may adversely affect our financial performance.
 
Our inability to obtain and protect our intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement by others may negatively impact our financial performance.
Our businesses are not materially dependent on any one patent or license or group of related patents and licenses; however, our business success depends in part upon protecting our intellectual property rights, including proprietary technology developed or obtained through acquisitions. We rely on copyrights, patents, trademarks and trade secrets and other intellectual property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights. As we transition our business to more software and service-based offerings, product clearance and patent protection of these innovations are more difficult to obtain and we face increased risk of patent infringement assertions. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may suffer which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability. The continued evolution of patent law and the nature of our innovation work may affect the number of patents we are able to receive for our development efforts.
From time to time, third-parties may claim that we, our clients, or our suppliers, have infringed their intellectual property rights. These claims, if successful, may require us to redesign affected products, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain products .





11


If we fail to comply with government contracting regulations, our financial performance, brand name and reputation could suffer.
We have a significant number of contracts with governmental entities, including the USPS. Government contracts are subject to extensive and complex procurement laws and regulations, along with regular audits and investigations by government agencies. If one or more government agencies discovers contractual noncompliance in the course of an audit or investigation, we may be subject to various civil or criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which could include the termination of the contract, reimbursement of payments received, fines and debarment from doing business with one or more governments. Any of these events could not only affect us financially, but also adversely affect our brand and reputation.

We may not fully realize the anticipated benefits of strategic acquisitions and divestitures which may harm our financial performance.
As we transition our business to sustainable long-term growth, we may make strategic acquisitions or divest certain businesses. These actions may involve significant risks and uncertainties, which could have an adverse effect on our financial performance, including:
difficulties in achieving anticipated benefits or synergies;
difficulties in integrating any newly acquired businesses and operations, including combining product and service offerings and entering new markets, or reducing fixed costs previously associated with divested businesses;
the loss of key employees or clients of businesses acquired or divested;
significant charges for employee severance and other restructuring costs, legal, accounting and financial advisory fees; and
possible goodwill and asset impairment charges as divestitures and changes in our business model may adversely affect the recoverability of certain long-lived assets and valuation of our operating segments.

Our capital investments to develop new products and offerings or expand our current operations may not yield the anticipated benefits.
As we transform the company’s businesses, we are making significant capital investments in new products, services, and facilities. If we are not successful in these new product or service introductions at the levels anticipated when making the investments, there may be an adverse effect on our financial performance.

Our operational costs could increase from changes in environmental regulations, or we could be subject to significant liabilities.
We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign environmental protection laws and regulations around the world, including without limitation, those related to the manufacture, distribution, use, packaging, labeling, recycling or disposal of our products or the products of our clients for whom we perform services. Environmental rules concerning products and packaging can have a significant impact on the cost of operations or affect our ability to do business in certain countries. We are also subject to laws concerning use, discharge or disposal of materials. All of these laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. If we are found to have violated these laws, we could be fined, criminally charged, otherwise sanctioned by regulators, or we could be subject to liability and clean-up costs. These risks can apply to both current and legacy operations and sites. From time to time, we may be involved in litigation over these issues. The amount and timing of costs under environmental laws are difficult to predict and there can be no assurance that these costs will not have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We own or lease numerous facilities worldwide, which house general offices, including our corporate headquarters located in Stamford, Connecticut, sales offices, service locations, data centers, call centers and parcel and mail processing facilities. Our research and development facilities are located in Noida and Pune, India and Shelton, Connecticut. Management believes that our facilities are in good operating condition and adequate for our current business needs.


12


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. These may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things, contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; intellectual property or patent rights; equipment, service, payment or other disputes with clients; or disputes with employees. Some of these actions may be brought as a purported class action on behalf of a purported class of employees, clients or others.

In August 2018, the Company, certain of its directors, officers and several banks who served as underwriters, were named as defendants in City of Livonia Retiree Health and Disability Benefits Plan v. Pitney Bowes Inc. et al. , a putative class action lawsuit filed in Connecticut state court. The complaint asserts claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on behalf of those who purchased notes issued by the Company in connection with a September 13, 2017 offering, alleging, among other things, that the Company failed to make certain disclosures relating to components of its third quarter 2017 performance at the time of the notes offering. The complaint seeks compensatory damages and other relief. In addition, in December 2018 and then in February 2018 certain of the Company’s officers and directors were named as defendants in two virtually identical derivative actions purportedly brought on behalf of the Company, Clem v. Lautenbach et al. and Devolin v. Lautenbach et al. These two actions, both filed by the same counsel in Connecticut state court allege, among other things, breaches of fiduciary duty relating to these same disclosures, and seek compensatory damages and other relief derivatively for the benefit of the Company. Although litigation outcomes are inherently unpredictable, we believe these matters are without merit and intend to defend them vigorously. A reasonable estimate of the amount of any possible loss or range of loss cannot be made at this time.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

13

PART II


ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded under the symbol "PBI" and is principally traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). At January 31, 2019 , we had 14,808 common stockholders of record.

Share Repurchases
We periodically repurchase shares of our common stock to manage the dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans and for other purposes. During 2018, we did not repurchase any shares of our common stock. On February 4, 2019, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $100 million share repurchase giving us the ability to repurchase up to $121 million of our common stock.

Stock Performance Graph
Our peer group is comprised of: Alliance Data Systems Corporation, Deluxe Corporation, Diebold, Incorporated, EchoStar Corp., Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., Fiserv, Inc., NCR Corp., NetApp Inc., Pitney Bowes Inc., R.R. Donnelley & Sons Company, Rockwell Automation Inc., Teradata Corp., Unisys Corporation, The Western Union Company and Xerox Corporation.

The accompanying graph shows the annual change in the value of a $100 investment in Pitney Bowes Inc., the Standard and Poor's (S&P) 500 Composite Index, the S&P MidCap 400 and the peer group over a five-year period assuming the reinvestment of dividends. On a total return basis, a $100 investment on December 31, 2013 in Pitney Bowes Inc., the S&P 500 Composite Index, the S&P MidCap 400 and the peer group would have been worth $33 , $150 , $134 , and $126 respectively, on December 31, 2018 .

All information is based upon data independently provided to us by Standard & Poor's Corporation and is derived from their official total return calculation. Total return for the S&P 500 and S&P MidCap 400 Composite Indexes and each peer group is based on market capitalization, weighted for each year. The stock price performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
CHART-B7B2B6DA17D450B6820.JPG
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

14


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table of selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the more detailed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers on a modified retrospective basis with a cumulative effect adjustment at the date of initial application. Accordingly, periods prior to January 1, 2018, have not been restated and are presented under the prior guidance (see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Also during 2018, we sold our Document Messaging Technology production mail business and supporting software (the Production Mail Business) and the operating results of the Production Mail Business have been reclassified as a discontinued operation (see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Total revenue
$
3,522,380

 
$
3,123,272

 
$
2,981,323

 
$
3,135,234

 
$
3,326,373

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts attributable to common stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations
$
199,978

 
$
221,362

 
$
75,769

 
$
363,623

 
$
246,951

Income from discontinued operations
23,687

 
39,978

 
17,036

 
44,320

 
86,804

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
223,665

 
$
261,340

 
$
92,805

 
$
407,943

 
$
333,755

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
1.07

 
$
1.19

 
$
0.40

 
$
1.82

 
$
1.22

Discontinued operations
0.13

 
0.21

 
0.09

 
0.22

 
0.43

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
1.19

 
$
1.40

 
$
0.49

 
$
2.04

 
$
1.65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
1.06

 
$
1.18

 
$
0.40

 
$
1.81

 
$
1.21

Discontinued operations
0.13

 
0.21

 
0.09

 
0.22

 
0.43

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
1.19

 
$
1.39

 
$
0.49

 
$
2.03

 
$
1.64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends paid per share of common stock
$
0.75

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Total assets
$
5,972,903

 
$
6,687,420

 
$
5,837,133

 
$
6,123,132

 
$
6,476,599

Long-term debt
$
3,066,073

 
$
3,559,278

 
$
2,750,405

 
$
2,489,583

 
$
2,904,024

Total debt
$
3,265,608

 
$
3,830,335

 
$
3,364,890

 
$
2,950,668

 
$
3,228,903

Noncontrolling interests (Preferred stockholders' equity in subsidiaries)
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
296,370

 
$
296,370


(1)
The sum of earnings per share may not equal the totals due to rounding.


15


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our risk factors, consolidated financial statements and related notes. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based on management's current expectations, estimates and projections and involves risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ significantly from those currently expressed in our forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those factors described under "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. All table amounts are presented in millions of dollars, except per share data.
Overview
We continue to make solid progress in our transformation to higher growth markets that align with our focus on reducing the complexity of mailing and shipping. In line with our transformation and strategic focus on shipping, we sold our Production Mail Business in July 2018. Proceeds from the sale were approximately $340 million and were used primarily to repay debt.
Financial Results Summary - Twelve Months Ended December 31:
 
2018
2017
Change
Revenue
$
3,522

$
3,123

13
 %
Segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT)
$
623

$
661

(6
)%
Income from continuing operations
$
200

$
221

(10
)%
Net income
$
224

$
261

(14
)%
Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted
$
1.06

$
1.18

(10
)%
Net cash provided by operations
$
392

$
496

(21
)%

Revenue increased 13% over the prior year, representing the second consecutive year of overall revenue growth. The increase in revenue was driven by growth of 47% in Commerce Services, as Global Ecommerce increased 85% and Presort Services grew 4%. Revenue in our SMB Solutions business declined 6%, but we continue to see stabilization in the decline in recurring stream revenues. Software Solutions revenue increased 3%, primarily due to higher data license revenue.
Segment earnings before interest and taxes declined 6% largely due to the overall portfolio shift to higher growth, but lower margin, digital and shipping solutions and continued investments in Commerce Services. Commerce Services EBIT declined 48% primarily due to higher labor and transportation costs and the cost of a marketing mail pilot program in Presort Services. SMB EBIT declined 2% primarily due to declining revenues partially offset by cost savings. Software Solutions EBIT increased 39% primarily due to higher data license revenue and cost savings. Segment EBIT is determined by deducting from segment revenue the related costs and expenses attributable to the segment. Segment EBIT excludes interest, taxes, general corporate expenses, restructuring charges and other items not allocated to a particular business segment. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of Segment EBIT to net income reported on a GAAP basis.
Income from continuing operations declined 10% from the prior year driven by lower overall margins as our portfolio continues to shift to higher growth, but lower margin businesses, and a $32 million non-cash pension settlement charge, partially offset by lower selling, general and administrative costs and lower restructuring costs.
During the year, we received net proceeds of $270 million from the sale of the Production Mail Business and repatriated $550 million of cash from our foreign subsidiaries. Cash was used to repay $570 million of debt, pay dividends of $140 million to our stockholders, and invest $191 million in capital expenditures. Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2018 was $867 million.

Outlook
We will continue to execute our transformation strategy around our three core principles: invest in offerings that reduce the complexity of mailing and shipping for our clients; continue to focus on operational excellence initiatives to reduce costs; and integrate and leverage technologies across the enterprise.
We expect revenue to grow as we continue to transform the portfolio to higher growth businesses. Within Global Ecommerce, we expect revenue growth from the expansion of our domestic parcel and fulfillment business, growth in domestic shipping solutions and cross sale opportunities of our cross-border products. Higher volumes of bound and packet mail are expected to generate revenue growth at Presort Services.

16


In SMB Solutions, we expect continued declines in revenue due to lower mail volumes and lower lease opportunities. However, we expect the magnitude of the decline to be mitigated by the continued success of our SendPro C-Series product in North America and planned launches in several international markets and the introduction of new services and products, including expanded third-party finance offerings and value-added shipping capabilities.
Within Software Solutions, revenue growth will be driven by a combination of sales opportunities from our indirect channel, software and data license deals, SaaS revenue and maintenance revenue.
We will begin offering expanded third-party finance offerings to our existing SMB client base in the United States in 2019. Under this program, in addition to leasing options for our mailing equipment products, we will offer financing alternatives to lease other manufacturers' equipment to meet their business needs. We expect that cash flows will be reduced by $50 million to $70 million in 2019 as we invest in the origination of third-party equipment leases and build a finance receivable portfolio.
We expect continued progress in our efforts to improve productivity and reduce spend. Over the last five years, we have transformed to a more digital operating model and have reduced our cost structure. Last year, we announced our intention to reduce gross spend by $200 million over a 24-month period. We recognized over $150 million of this target in 2018 and expect to recognize the remainder in 2019. A large portion of these gross savings has been, and will continue to be, reinvested in the business, particularly in Commerce Services and our third-party financing initiative. We are also addressing immediate challenges such as higher labor and transportation costs.
In January 2019, we sold the direct operations and moved to a dealer model in six smaller markets within International Mailing. The impact on 2019 revenue is estimated to be about $40 million and the impact on earnings will not be significant. Proceeds from the sale were not material.
As our business continues to transform to higher growth markets, we need to increase our financial flexibility to be able to pursue opportunities in growth markets and create value for our shareholders. Accordingly, our Board of Directors approved a first quarter 2019 dividend on our common stock of $0.05 per share; down from our historical $0.1875 quarterly dividend per share, and authorized an incremental $100 million share repurchase. These changes in our capital allocation strategy more appropriately reflect our business profile today and are designed to provide a competitive return to our shareholders while ensuring financial flexibility to support our long-term growth strategy.



17


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Revenue by source and the related cost of revenue are shown in the following tables:
 
Revenue
 
% change
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Actual
 
Constant Currency
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Equipment sales
$
430

 
$
477

 
$
480

 
(10
)%
 
(1
)%
 
(10
)%
 
(1
)%
Supplies
218

 
231

 
242

 
(6
)%
 
(4
)%
 
(7
)%
 
(4
)%
Software
341

 
332

 
326

 
3
 %
 
2
 %
 
3
 %
 
2
 %
Rentals
363

 
384

 
410

 
(5
)%
 
(6
)%
 
(6
)%
 
(7
)%
Financing
315

 
331

 
366

 
(5
)%
 
(10
)%
 
(5
)%
 
(10
)%
Support services
293

 
300

 
329

 
(2
)%
 
(9
)%
 
(3
)%
 
(9
)%
Business services
1,562

 
1,068

 
828

 
46
 %
 
29
 %
 
46
 %
 
29
 %
Total revenue
$
3,522

 
$
3,123

 
$
2,981

 
13
 %
 
5
 %
 
12
 %
 
5
 %
 
Cost of Revenue
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
$
 
% of revenue
 
$
 
% of revenue
 
$
 
% of revenue
Cost of equipment sales
$
182

 
42.2
%
 
$
201

 
42.2
%
 
$
203

 
42.3
%
Cost of supplies
61

 
27.9
%
 
66

 
28.7
%
 
66

 
27.1
%
Cost of software
101

 
29.5
%
 
95

 
28.6
%
 
96

 
29.5
%
Cost of rentals
86

 
23.8
%
 
83

 
21.5
%
 
74

 
18.1
%
Financing interest expense
49

 
15.5
%
 
51

 
15.3
%
 
55

 
15.1
%
Cost of support services
168

 
57.3
%
 
164

 
54.7
%
 
166

 
50.5
%
Cost of business services
1,246

 
79.8
%
 
773

 
72.4
%
 
569

 
68.7
%
Total cost of revenue
$
1,893

 
53.7
%
 
$
1,433

 
45.9
%
 
$
1,229

 
41.2
%
The discussion below may also refer to revenue growth on a constant currency basis. Constant currency measures exclude the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates since the prior period under comparison and are intended to provide a better understanding of the underlying revenue performance excluding the impacts of currency exchange rates on reported revenue. Constant currency change is calculated by converting the current period non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue using the prior year’s exchange rate. Where constant currency measures are not provided, the actual change and constant currency change are the same.  

Equipment sales
Equipment sales decreased 10% in 2018 compared to 2017 , primarily due to:
8% from lower equipment sales in North America Mailing reflecting a decline in sales of our higher-end products; and
2% from lower equipment sales in International Mailing, primarily due to lower sales in the U.K. and France.
Cost of equipment sales as a percentage of equipment sales revenue of 42.2% was flat to prior year.
Equipment sales decreased 1% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to:
2% from lower equipment sales in International Mailing particularly in Europe; partially offset by
1% from higher equipment sales in North America Mailing reflecting a favorable comparison to the 2016 period, which was impacted by the implementation of the enterprise business platform.
Cost of equipment sales as a percentage of equipment sales revenue of 42.2% was consistent with the prior year.

Supplies
Supplies revenue decreased 6% on a reported basis and 7% on a constant currency basis in 2018 compared to 2017, driven by a 4% decline North America Mailing and 3% decline in International Mailing due to a global decline in installed mailing equipment and postage volumes. Cost of supplies as a percentage of supplies revenue improved to 27.9% in 2018 compared to 28.7% due to a favorable mix of sales in North America Mailing.

18


Supplies revenue decreased 4% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily from a decline in installed mailing equipment and postage volumes in North America Mailing. Cost of supplies as a percentage of supplies revenue increased to 28.7% primarily due to higher mix of lower margin products.

Software
Software revenue increased 3% in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to higher data licensing revenue. Cost of software as a percentage of software revenue increased to 29.5% in 2018 as data licenses have slightly lower margins than traditional software licenses due to royalty payments that are made on data licenses.
Software revenue increased 2% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to higher software licensing, data and SaaS revenue. Cost of software as a percentage of software revenue decreased to 28.6% primarily due to the increase in high margin licensing revenue and cost reduction initiatives.

Rentals
Rentals revenue decreased 5% ( 6% on a constant currency basis) in 2018 compared to 2017 and 6% ( 7% on a constant currency basis) in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to a declining meter population.
Cost of rentals as a percentage of rentals revenue increased to 23.8% in 2018 and increased to 21.5% in 2017 primarily due to higher scrapping costs associated with retiring aging meters.

Financing
Financing revenue decreased 5% in 2018 compared to 2017 and 10% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to a declining portfolio and lower fees.
We allocate a portion of our total borrowing costs to financing interest expense. In computing financing interest expense, we assume an 8:1 debt to equity leverage ratio and apply our overall effective interest rate to the average outstanding finance receivables.

Support Services
Support services revenue decreased 2% ( 3% on a constant currency basis) in 2018 compared to 2017 and 9% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to a worldwide decline in installed mailing equipment. Cost of support services as a percentage of support services revenue increased to 57.3% in 2018 and increased to 54.7% in 2017 primarily due to the decline in support services revenue.

Business Services
Business services revenue increased 46% in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to:
39% from the acquisition of Newgistics;
5% from growth in Global Ecommerce driven by higher revenue from shipping solutions, partially offset by lower cross-border revenue due to lower volumes; and
2% from higher volumes of mail processed in Presort Services.
Cost of business services as a percentage of business services revenue increased to 79.8% in 2018 primarily due to continued investment in Global Ecommerce, higher labor and transportation costs in Commerce Services of $40 million driven by increased competition for labor and transportation resources due to the rapid growth in Ecommerce and $8 million from the launch of a marketing mail pilot program in Presort Services.
Business services revenue increased 29% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to:
17% from the acquisition of Newgistics;
9% from growth in Global Ecommerce due to higher cross-border and retail volumes; and
3% from higher volumes of mail processed in Presort Services.
Cost of business services as a percentage of business services revenue increased to 72.4% in 2017 primarily due to continued investment in our Global Ecommerce segment and the additional costs of Newgistics.

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A)
SG&A expense decreased 4% , or $48 million , in 2018 compared to 2017, despite $51 million of incremental expenses from the acquisition of Newgistics. The underlying decrease in SG&A was primarily due to lower employee related expenses of $38 million, lower marketing and advertising spend of $34 million, and other operating expense cost reductions as a result of our cost savings initiatives.
SG&A expense increased 3% , or $31 million , in 2017 compared to 2016. Contributing to this increase was higher compensation-related costs of $28 million due to the reinstatement of our annual variable compensation program and higher stock-based compensation expense. Each of these programs are tied to our performance against pre-established targets and costs in 2016 were significantly lower than in

19


2017. Additionally, expenses in Global Ecommerce were $21 million higher as we continue to invest in the business, we incurred $17 million of additional expense from Newgistics, $9 million of higher marketing expenses, $9 million of higher residual losses on leased equipment due to the timing of trade-up activity and $9 million of acquisition transaction costs, primarily related to Newgistics. Offsetting these increases was approximately $63 million of benefits from productivity initiatives and a $6 million pre-tax gain from the sale of technology. Additionally, 2017 included loan forgiveness income of $10 million and a favorable state sales tax adjustment of $5 million.

Restructuring charges and asset impairments, net
In 2018, restructuring charges and asset impairments of $27 million consisted of $25 million of restructuring related charges and $2 million of asset impairment charges. In 2017, restructuring charges and asset impairments of $56 million consisted of $52 million of restructuring related charges and $4 million of asset impairment charges. In 2016, restructuring charges and asset impairments of $60 million consisted of $45 million of restructuring related charges and $15 million of asset impairment charges, primarily from a loss of $5 million from the sale of a facility and an impairment charge of $4 million related to another facility.

Goodwill impairment
In 2016, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $148 million associated with our Software Solutions reporting unit.

Other components of net pension and postretirement cost
In connection with the disposition of the Production Mail Business and certain other actions, we incurred a pre-tax, non-cash pension settlement charge of $45 million in the fourth quarter of 2018. We recognized $32 million of this charge in other components of net pension and postretirement cost and the remaining $13 million in income from discontinued operations, net of tax.

Other expense
Other expense for 2018 and 2017 represents a loss on the early extinguishment of debt.

Income taxes
The effective tax rate was 5.8% and 0.2% for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the Act) was signed into law making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes included, but were not limited to, a federal corporate income tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system by creating a minimum tax on earnings of foreign subsidiaries and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of post-1986 cumulative foreign earnings.
In accordance with the Act, the tax provision at December 31, 2017 included a net provisional one-time non-cash benefit of $39 million, comprised of a provisional $130 million benefit from the remeasurement of net U.S. deferred tax liabilities arising from a lower U.S. tax rate, offset by a provisional $91 million charge related primarily to the U.S. tax on unremitted post-1986 earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. The effective tax rate for 2017 also included tax benefits of $ 30 million from the resolution of certain tax examinations.
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118) was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act. SAB 118 provided registrants up to one year to complete the analysis, computations and accounting for the impact of the Act on their consolidated financial statements.
We completed our analysis and measurement of the impact of the Act. Our tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes an adjustment to the provisional tax recorded of $37 million, comprised of a $13 million benefit related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities and a $24 million decrease in the U.S. tax on unremitted post-1986 earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. The effective tax rate for 2018 also includes a benefit of $17 million from the resolution of certain tax examinations.
See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Income from discontinued operations
Income from discontinued operations includes net income and a gain on sale of our Production Mail Business. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests
We redeemed all of the PBIH Preferred Stock in November 2016.


20


Business Segments

In January 2018, we revised our business reporting groups to reflect how we manage these groups and clients served in each market.  We formed the Commerce Services group to include our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services segments. Additionally, we classified the operating results of the Production Mail Business to discontinued operations and have recast segment operating results for prior years to conform to the current year presentation. The principal products and services of each of our reportable segments are as follows:
Commerce Services:
Global Ecommerce: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from cross-border ecommerce transactions, domestic retail and ecommerce shipping solutions and fulfillment, delivery and return services.
Presort Services : Includes revenue and related expenses from sortation services that allow clients to qualify large volumes of First Class Mail, Marketing Mail and Bound and Packet Mail (Standard Flats and Bound Printed Matter) for postal worksharing discounts.
Small & Medium Business (SMB) Solutions:
North America Mailing : Includes the revenue and related expenses from mailing and shipping solutions, financing, services and supplies for small and medium businesses to efficiently create mail, evidence postage and help simplify and save on the sending, tracking and receiving of letters, parcels and flats in the U.S. and Canada.
International Mailing : Includes the revenue and related expenses from mailing and shipping solutions, financing, services and supplies for small and medium businesses to efficiently create mail, evidence postage and help simplify and save on the sending, tracking and receiving of letters, parcels and flats in areas outside the U.S. and Canada.
Software Solutions:
Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the licensing of customer engagement, customer information, location intelligence software, data solutions and related support services.
Management uses segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) to measure profitability and performance at the segment level and believes that it provides a useful measure of operating performance and underlying trends of the businesses. We determine segment EBIT by deducting from segment revenue the related costs and expenses attributable to the segment. Segment EBIT excludes interest, taxes, general corporate expenses, restructuring charges and other items not allocated to a particular business segment. Segment EBIT may not be indicative of our overall consolidated performance and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated results of operations. Due to acquisition activity in Commerce Services, we are also providing segment earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) as a supplemental non-GAAP measure of profit and operational performance for each segment. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of segment EBIT to net income.
Revenue and EBIT by business segment are presented in the tables below. The sum of the individual segments in the tables above may not equal the totals due to rounding.
 
Revenue
 
% change
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Actual
 
Constant Currency
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Global Ecommerce
$
1,023

 
$
552

 
$
339

 
85
 %
 
63
 %
 
85
 %
 
63
 %
Presort Services
516

 
498

 
476

 
4
 %
 
5
 %
 
4
 %
 
5
 %
Commerce Services
1,539

 
1,050

 
815

 
47
 %
 
29
 %
 
46
 %
 
29
 %
North America Mailing
1,275

 
1,357

 
1,429

 
(6
)%
 
(5
)%
 
(6
)%
 
(5
)%
International Mailing
368

 
384

 
412

 
(4
)%
 
(7
)%
 
(7
)%
 
(6
)%
SMB Solutions
1,643

 
1,742

 
1,841

 
(6
)%
 
(5
)%
 
(6
)%
 
(5
)%
Software Solutions
341

 
332

 
325

 
3
 %
 
2
 %
 
3
 %
 
2
 %
Total Revenue
$
3,522

 
$
3,123

 
$
2,981

 
13
 %
 
5
 %
 
12
 %
 
5
 %

21


 
EBIT
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
% change
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2018
 
2017
Global Ecommerce
$
(32
)
 
$
(18
)
 
$
3

 
(81
)%
 
>(100)%

Presort Services
74

 
98

 
95

 
(24
)%
 
2
 %
Commerce Services
41

 
80

 
98

 
(48
)%
 
(19
)%
North America Mailing
470

 
499

 
595

 
(6
)%
 
(16
)%
International Mailing
64

 
49

 
45

 
32
 %
 
7
 %
SMB Solutions
534

 
547

 
640

 
(2
)%
 
(15
)%
Software Solutions
47

 
34

 
22

 
39
 %
 
53
 %
Total segment EBIT
$
623

 
$
661

 
$
761

 
(6
)%
 
(13
)%
 
EBITDA
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
% change
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2018
 
2017
Global Ecommerce
$
29

 
$
19

 
$
34

 
53
 %
 
(44
)%
Presort Services
101

 
124

 
123

 
(19
)%
 
1
 %
Commerce Services
129

 
143

 
157

 
(9
)%
 
(9
)%
North America Mailing
539

 
563

 
655

 
(4
)%
 
(14
)%
International Mailing
80

 
67

 
65

 
19
 %
 
3
 %
SMB Solutions
618

 
630

 
720

 
(2
)%
 
(12
)%
Software Solutions
57

 
43

 
37

 
32
 %
 
16
 %
Total segment EBITDA
804

 
816

 
913

 
(1
)%
 
(11
)%
Less: Segment depreciation and amortization
182

 
156

 
153

 
17
 %
 
2
 %
Total segment EBIT
$
623

 
$
661

 
$
761

 
(6
)%
 
(13
)%

Global Ecommerce
Global Ecommerce revenue increased 85% in 2018 compared to 2017. Excluding Newgistics, Global Ecommerce revenue increased 13% driven by higher revenue from shipping solutions, partially offset by lower cross-border revenue due to lower volumes.

EBIT in 2018 was a loss of $32 million compared to a loss of $18 million in 2017. The increase in EBIT loss was primarily due to higher amortization expense of $12 million due to a full year of amortization related to Newgistics, higher transportation and labor costs of $6 million due to increased competition for labor and transportation resources as a result of the rapid growth in Ecommerce, partially offset by higher revenue.

Global Ecommerce revenue increased 63% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to:
41% from the acquisition of Newgistics;
12% from higher domestic ecommerce shipping revenues;
6% from higher cross-border marketplace volumes, particularly in the UK; and
4% from higher retail volumes.

EBIT was a loss of 18 million in 2017 primarily due to investments in market growth opportunities and additional amortization expense from the acquisition of Newgistics.

Presort Services
Presort Services revenue increased 4% in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to higher volumes of First Class mail, Standard Class mail and bound and packet mail processed. Revenue increased 5% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to higher volumes and revenue per piece of mail processed.

22


EBIT decreased 24% in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to higher labor and transportation costs of $34 million due to increased competition for labor and transportation resources and $8 million from the launch of a marketing mail pilot program. EBIT increased 2% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to higher revenue.

North America Mailing
North America Mailing revenue decreased 6% in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to:
3% from lower equipment sales due to a decline in top of the line products;
2% from declines in rentals and support services revenue; and
1% from lower financing revenue.
EBIT decreased 6% primarily due to the decline in revenue and sales of top of the line products partially offset by lower expenses.

North America Mailing revenue decreased 5% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to:
3% from declines in rentals and support services revenue due to a decline in installed mailing equipment and lower postage volumes; and
2% from lower financing revenue primarily due to a declining lease portfolio and lower fee income.
EBIT decreased 16% primarily due to the decline in revenue and margins.

International Mailing
International Mailing revenue declined 4% in 2018 compared to 2017. On a constant currency basis, revenue declined 7% primarily due to:
4% from lower stream revenues resulting from a lower installed meter base, declining postage volumes and a declining lease portfolio; and
3% from lower equipment sales, primarily in the U.K., France and Italy, partly offset by higher sales in Germany.
EBIT increased 32% in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to lower expenses.

International Mailing revenue declined 7% in 2017 compared to 2016. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 6% primarily due to:
3% from lower equipment sales particularly in Europe; and
3% from declines in rentals, financing and support services revenue resulting from a decline in installed mailing equipment and the lease portfolio.
EBIT increased 7% in 2017 compared to 2016, primarily due to higher equipment margins and lower expenses.

Software Solutions
Software revenue increased 3% in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to higher data licensing revenue. EBIT increased 39% primarily due to lower expenses resulting from cost saving initiatives.

Software revenue increased 2% in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to higher software licensing, data and SaaS revenue. EBIT increased 53% primarily due to an increase in high margin licensing revenue.

23


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We believe that existing cash and investments, cash generated from operations and borrowing capacity through the capital markets will be sufficient to support our current cash needs, including discretionary uses such as capital investments, strategic acquisitions, dividends and share repurchases. Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were $927 million at December 31, 2018 and $1,058 million at December 31, 2017 . We continuously review our credit profile through published credit ratings and the credit default swap market. We also monitor the creditworthiness of those banks acting as derivative counterparties, depository banks or credit providers.

Cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries were $189 million and $608 million at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , respectively. During 2018, we repatriated over $550 million of cash to the U.S. from our foreign subsidiaries and used a portion of these proceeds to repay debt. Cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries are generally used to support the liquidity needs of these subsidiaries.

Cash Flow Summary
The change in cash and cash equivalents is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
392

 
$
496

 
$
496

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
260

 
(663
)
 
(116
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(766
)
 
368

 
(230
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(25
)
 
44

 
(27
)
Change in cash and cash equivalents  (1)
$
(140
)
 
$
244

 
$
124

(1) Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

Operating activities
Cash flows from operations decreased $104 million in 2018 compared to 2017 , primarily due to:
Lower cash from discontinued operations of $58 million; and
Lower cash of $45 million from changes in working capital.
Cash flows from operations were flat in 2017 compared to 2016 as lower restructuring and pension contribution payments were offset by changes in working capital.

Investing activities
In 2018, investing activities provided $260 million of cash. Sources of cash include gross proceeds of $340 million from the sale of the Production Mail Business and $106 million from investment activities as we liquidated a portion of our investment portfolio to raise cash to support the launch of our enhanced third-party financing offerings. Cash was used to fund capital expenditures of $191 million. The increase in capital expenditures in 2018 compared to 2017 was primarily due to investments in Commerce Services to build new fulfillment and returns distribution facilities and increase automation at our Presort facilities.
In 2017, we used $663 million of cash in investing activities primarily for the acquisition of Newgistics for $471 million and capital expenditures of $168 million.
In 2016, we used $116 million of cash investing activities primarily for capital expenditures of $159 million and acquisitions of $38 million. These uses were offset by a source of $75 million from the timing of investment activities.

Financing activities
In 2018, we used $766 million of cash in financing activities primarily to repay $570 million of debt, pay dividends of $140 million and the settlement of a $46 million timing difference between our investing excess cash at the subsidiary level and the funding of an intercompany cash transfer at December 31, 2017. In 2017, cash from financing activities was $368 million primarily from the issuance of debt of $1,437 million partially offset by debt repayments of $965 million and dividend payments of $139 million. In 2016, cash of $230 million was used in financing activities primarily to repay debt of $461 million, redeem noncontrolling interests for $300 million, repurchase stock for $197 million and pay dividends of $141 million. We also received proceeds of $895 million from the issuance of debt.



24


Debt and Capitalization
We are a "Well-Known Seasoned Issuer" within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, which allows us to issue debt securities, preferred stock, preference stock, common stock, purchase contracts, depositary shares, warrants and units in an expedited fashion. We have a committed credit facility of $1 billion that expires in January 2021. As of December 31, 2018 we have not drawn upon the credit facility.
A portion of our debt financing requires compliance with certain financial covenants. The agreements associated with these financial obligations have been amended on occasion to adjust the terms of those covenants for limited time periods. At December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all financial covenants. For more information on our financial covenants refer to our exhibits.
We have term loans of $200 million maturing in 2019 and a total of $2.3 billion of debt maturing within the next five years. We fully expect to be able to fund these maturities with cash or by refinancing through the U.S. capital markets. However, our ability to access the U.S. capital markets is dependent upon our credit ratings and is subject to capital market volatility. Given our current credit rating, we may not have immediate or sufficient access to the U.S. capital markets, and when we do access the U.S. capital markets, we may experience reduced flexibility and higher costs.

2018 Activity
In the second quarter of 2018, Standard & Poor's lowered our corporate credit rating from BBB- to BB+. As a result, the stated interest rate on certain of our long term debt issuances increased 0.25% (see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
During 2018, we redeemed the $300 million 6.25% notes due March 2019 and recorded an $8 million loss on the early redemption of debt. We also repaid the $250 million 5.6% notes that matured in March 2018 and $20 million of principal on our term loans. Finally, pursuant to an extension option, the maturity of our $150 million term loan was extended to August 2019.

2017 Activity
In September 2017, we issued $300 million of 3.625% Notes due September 2020 and $400 million of 4.7% Notes due April 2023. Interest is payable semi-annually and is subject to adjustment from time to time based on changes in our credit ratings. Both of these notes may be redeemed, at our option, in whole or in part, at any time at par plus accrued, unpaid interest and a make-whole amount, if any.
In September 2017, we also borrowed $350 million under term loan agreements. The new term loans consist of a $200 million term loan that bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus 1.5% and matures in September 2020 and a $150 million term loan that bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus 1.125% and matures in August 2018, but includes an option to extend the maturity by one year. For the fourth quarter of 2017, the effective interest rate for the $200 million term loan was 2.78% and the effective interest rate for the $150 million term loan was 2.49%. The interest rates on these term loans are subject to adjustment from time to time based on changes in our credit ratings.
In May 2017, we issued $400 million of 3.875% Notes. Interest is payable semi-annually and is subject to adjustment based on changes in our credit ratings. The notes mature in May 2022, but may be redeemed, at our option, in whole or in part, at any time at par plus accrued, unpaid interest and a make-whole amount, if any. Subsequent to the issuance of these notes, we experienced a change in our credit rating, resulting in an increase in the fixed rate of 0.25% to 4.125%.
In 2017, we repaid a $150 million term loan, the $385 million of 5.75% Notes due in September 2017 and early redeemed the $350 million 4.75% Notes that were due May 2018. Additionally, bondholders of the 5.25% Notes due 2037 caused us to redeem $79 million of the outstanding notes.

Share Repurchases and Dividends
We did not repurchase shares during 2018 or 2017 and repurchased $197 million of our common shares during 2016. We paid dividends to our common stockholders of $140 million ( $0.75 per share), $139 million ( $0.75 per share) and $141 million ( $0.75 per share) in 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Each quarter, our Board of Directors considers our recent and projected earnings and other capital needs and priorities in deciding whether to approve the payment, as well as the amount of a dividend. There are no material restrictions on our ability to declare dividends.
In February 2019, the Board of Directors approved a first quarter dividend of $0.05 per share and authorized an additional $100 million share repurchase giving us the ability to repurchase up to $121 million of our shares. Subject to market conditions, we will begin to opportunistically repurchase shares as soon as practical and intend to utilize approximately half of this authorization within the first half of 2019.




25


Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our known contractual obligations at December 31, 2018 and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods:
 
Payments due in
 
Total
 
2019
 
2020-2021
 
2022-2023
 
After 2023
Debt maturities
$
3,296

 
$
200

 
$
1,330

 
$
800

 
$
966

Interest payments on debt   (1)
1,120

 
154

 
251

 
139

 
576

Noncancelable operating lease obligations
231

 
48

 
76

 
45

 
62

Purchase obligations (2)
168

 
163

 
4

 
1

 

Pension plan contributions (3)
22

 
22

 

 

 

Retiree medical payments (4)
137

 
17

 
32

 
28

 
60

Total
$
4,974

 
$
604

 
$
1,693

 
$
1,013

 
$
1,664

The amount and period of future payments related to our income tax uncertainties cannot be reliably estimated and are not included in the above table. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

(1)
Assumes all debt is held to maturity.
(2)
Includes unrecorded agreements to purchase goods and services that are enforceable and legally binding upon us and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty.
(3)
Represents the amount of contributions we anticipate making to our pension plans during 2019. We will assess our funding alternatives as the year progresses and this amount is subject to change.
(4)
Our retiree health benefit plans are nonfunded plans and cash contributions are made each year to cover medical claims costs incurred. The amounts reported in the above table represent our estimate of future payments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2018 , we had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material current or future effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.


26


Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about certain items that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and accompanying disclosures, including the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The accounting policies below have been identified by management as those accounting policies that are most critical to our financial statements due to the estimates and assumptions required. Management believes that the estimates and assumptions used are reasonable and appropriate based on the information available at the time the financial statements were prepared; however, actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of our accounting policies.

Revenue recognition
We derive revenue from multiple sources including sales, rentals, financing and services. Certain transactions are consummated at the same time and can therefore generate revenue from multiple sources. The most common form of these arrangements involve a sale or noncancelable lease of equipment, a meter rental and an equipment maintenance agreement. We are required to determine whether each product and service within the contract should be treated as separate performance obligation (unit of accounting) for revenue recognition purposes. We recognize revenue for performance obligations when control of the products or services is transferred to the customer. Transfer of control may occur at a point in time or over time, depending on the nature of the contract and the performance obligation.
Revenue is allocated among performance obligations based on relative "standalone selling prices" (SSP), which is the price we would sell the good or service to a customer on a separate basis. SSP are established for each performance obligation at the inception of the contract and can be observable prices or estimated. Revenue is allocated to the meter rental and equipment maintenance agreement elements using their respective observable selling prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. For a sale transaction, the SSP of the equipment is based on a range of observable selling prices in standalone transactions. For a lease transaction, revenue is allocated to the equipment based on the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments accounted for as a sales type lease at inception. The amount allocated to equipment is compared to the range of selling prices in standalone transactions during the period to ensure the allocated equipment amount approximates average selling prices. We recognize revenue on non-lease transactions when control of the equipment transfers to the customer, which is upon delivery for customer installable models and upon installation or customer acceptance for other models.
We also have contracts that contain only performance obligations to deliver software licenses and software related products and services, which may include maintenance and support services, data, training and integration services. As a majority of our software and data license products are considered “right to use”, we recognize revenue when control is transferred to the customer, which is generally upon delivery or acceptance for those licenses requiring significant integration or customization. Revenue from license renewals is recognized at the beginning of the license term. Revenue for software maintenance is recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term. We allocate the transaction price based on relative standalone selling prices, which are generally based on observable selling prices in standalone transactions for our data products, maintenance and professional services. We estimate the standalone selling prices for our software licenses using the residual approach, as the selling prices are highly variable and observable standalone selling prices exist for the other goods and services in the contract.

Pension benefits
The valuation of our pension assets and obligations and the calculation of net periodic pension expense are dependent on assumptions and estimates relating to, among other things, the discount rate (interest rate used to discount the future estimated liability) and the expected rate of return on plan assets. These assumptions are evaluated and updated annually.
The discount rate for our largest plan, the U.S. Qualified Pension Plan (the U.S. Plan) is determined by matching the expected cash flows associated with our benefit obligation to a pool of corporate long-term, high-quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date. The discount rate for our largest foreign plan, the U.K. Qualified Pension Plan (the U.K. Plan), is determined by using a model that discounts each year's estimated benefit payments by an applicable spot rate derived from a yield curve created from a large number of high quality corporate bonds. The discount rate used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for 2018 was 3.69% for the U.S. Plan and 2.4% for the U.K. Plan. For 2019, the discount rate used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for the U.S. Plan and the U.K. Plan will be 4.34% and 2.65%, respectively. A 0.25% change in the discount rate would impact annual pension expense by less than $1 million for both the U.S. Plan and the U.K. Plan, and the projected benefit obligation of the U.S. Plan and U.K. Plan by $38 million and $22 million, respectively.
Pension assets are exposed to various risks such as interest rate, market and credit risks. We invest our pension plan assets in a variety of investment securities in accordance with our strategic asset allocation policy. The expected return on plan assets is based on historical and expected future returns for current and targeted asset allocations for each asset class in the investment portfolio, adjusted for historical and expected experience of active portfolio management results, as compared to the benchmark returns. The expected rate of return on plan assets used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for 2018 was 7.0% for the U.S. Plan and 6.25% for the U.K. Plan.

27


For 2019, the expected rate of return on plan assets used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for the U.S. Plan will be 6.75% and the U.K. Plan will be 6.25%. A 0.25% change in the expected rate of return on plan assets would impact annual pension expense for the U.S. Plan by $3 million and the U.K. Plan by $1 million.
Actual pension plan results that differ from our assumptions and estimates are accumulated and amortized primarily over the life expectancy of plan participants and affect future pension expense. Net pension expense is also based on a market-related valuation of plan assets where differences between the actual and expected return on plan assets are recognized in the calculation of the market-related value of assets over a five-year period. Plan benefits for participants in a majority of our U.S. and foreign pension plans are frozen.
See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information about our pension plans.

Residual value of leased assets
Equipment residual values are determined at the inception of the lease using estimates of fair value at the end of the lease term. Residual value estimates impact the determination of whether a lease is classified as an operating lease or a sales-type lease. Fair value estimates of equipment at the end of the lease term are based on historical experience, forecasted supply and demand for our products, product retirement and product launch plans, client behavior, regulatory changes, remanufacturing strategies, used equipment markets, competition and technological changes.

We evaluate residual values on an annual basis or sooner if circumstances warrant. Declines in estimated residual values considered "other-than-temporary" are recognized immediately. Increases in estimated future residual values are not recognized until the equipment is remarketed. If the actual residual value of leased assets were 10% lower than management's current estimates, pre-tax income would be $7 million lower.

Allowances for doubtful accounts and credit losses
Finance receivables are comprised of sales-type lease receivables and unsecured revolving loan receivables. We provide an allowance for probable credit losses based on historical loss experience, the nature and volume of our portfolios, adverse situations that may affect a client's ability to pay, prevailing economic conditions and our ability to manage the collateral.
Total allowance for credit losses as a percentage of finance receivables was 1% at both December 31, 2018 and 2017. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% change in the allowance rate at December 31, 2018 would have reduced pre-tax income by $4 million .
Accounts receivable are generally due within 30 days after the invoice date. Accounts deemed uncollectible are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and management deems the account to be uncollectible. We believe that our accounts receivable credit risk is low because of the geographic and industry diversification of our clients and small account balances for most of our clients.
The allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of receivables was 4% at December 31, 2018 and 3% at December 31, 2017 . Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% change in the allowance rate at December 31, 2018 would have reduced pre-tax income by $1 million .

Income taxes and valuation allowance
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our annual tax rate is based on income, statutory tax rates, tax reserve changes and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Significant judgment is required in determining the annual tax rate and in evaluating our tax positions. We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the related financial statement implications. Tax reserves have been established that we believe to be appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. Determining the appropriate level of tax reserves requires us to exercise judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax laws. The amount of reserves is adjusted when information becomes available or when an event occurs indicating a change in the reserve is appropriate. Future changes in tax reserve requirements could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
Significant judgment is also required in determining the amount of deferred tax assets that will ultimately be realized and corresponding deferred tax asset valuation allowance. When estimating the necessary valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence for each jurisdiction including historical operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. If new information becomes available that would alter our estimate of the amount of deferred tax assets that will ultimately be realized, we adjust the valuation allowance through income tax expense.




28


Impairment review
Long-lived and finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. The estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets is compared to the carrying value. We derive the cash flow estimates from our long-term business plans and historical experience. If the sum of the undiscounted cash flows is less than the asset's carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for an amount by which the carrying value exceeds its fair value. The fair value of the impaired asset is determined using probability weighted expected cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and appraisals, as appropriate. Changes in the estimates and assumptions incorporated in our impairment assessment could materially affect the determination of fair value and the associated impairment charge.
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level during the fourth quarter or sooner when circumstances indicate an impairment may exist. The impairment test for goodwill determines the fair value of each reporting unit and compares it to the reporting unit's carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
Significant estimates and assumptions are used in our goodwill impairment review including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities, including goodwill, to reporting units and determining the fair value of each reporting unit. The fair value of each reporting unit is determined based on a combination of techniques, including the present value of future cash flows, multiples of competitors and multiples from sales of like businesses. The assumptions used to estimate fair value are based on projections incorporated in our current operating plans as well as other available information. Our operating plans include significant assumptions and estimates associated with sales growth, profitability, cash flows and capital spending. The determination of fair value also incorporates a risk-adjusted discount rate and other assumptions that market participants may use. Changes in any of these estimates or assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and the associated goodwill impairment assessment for each reporting unit. Potential events and circumstances, such as the inability to acquire new clients, downward pressures on pricing and rising interest rates could have an adverse impact on our assumptions and result in non-cash impairment charges in future periods.
During the fourth quarter, we conducted our annual impairment review of all our reporting units.  Based on the results of this review, we concluded that the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units were substantially in excess of their respective carrying values.

Stock-based compensation expense
We recognize compensation cost for stock-based awards based on the estimated fair value of the award. The fair value of certain stock awards is determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model or Monte Carlo simulation model. These models require assumptions regarding the expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected life of the award and dividend yield. The expected stock price volatility is based on historical price changes of our stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasuries with a term equal to the expected life of the stock award. The expected life of the award and dividend yield are based on historical experience.
We believe that the valuation techniques and the underlying assumptions are appropriate in determining the fair value of stock-based awards. If factors change causing our assumptions to change, our stock-based compensation expense could be different in the future. In addition, we estimate an expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. If the actual forfeiture rate is different from our estimate, stock-based compensation expense recorded in the period could be adversely impacted.

Restructuring
We make estimates and assumptions in determining the amount and timing of expenses related to our restructuring actions. If the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount and timing of the restructuring charges could be impacted. On a quarterly basis, we update our estimates of future remaining obligations and costs associated with all restructuring actions and compare these updated estimates to our current restructuring reserves, and make adjustments if necessary.

Loss contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. On a quarterly basis, we review the status of each significant matter and assess the potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal action is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated, we establish a liability for the estimated loss. The assessment of the ultimate outcome of each claim or legal action and the determination of the potential financial exposure requires significant judgment. Estimates of potential liabilities for claims or legal actions are based only on information that is available at that time. As additional information becomes available, we may revise our estimates, and these revisions could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.



29


Legal and Regulatory Matters
See Legal Proceedings in Item 3 for information regarding our legal proceedings and Other Tax Matters in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for regulatory matters regarding our tax returns.

Foreign Currency Exchange
During 2018, 19% of our consolidated revenue was from operations outside the United States. The functional currency for most of our foreign operations is the local currency. Changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of countries in which we operate impact our reported assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Exchange rate fluctuations can also impact the settlement of intercompany receivables and payables between our subsidiaries in different countries. The translation of foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar did not have a material impact on revenues for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations. Our objective in managing exposure to foreign currency is to reduce the volatility in earnings and cash flows associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on transactions denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, we enter into forward contracts, which change in value as foreign currency exchange rates change, and are intended to offset the corresponding change in value of the underlying external and intercompany transactions. The principal currencies actively hedged are the British Pound, Canadian Dollar and the Euro.
At December 31, 2018 , 81% of our debt was fixed rate obligations with a weighted average interest rate of 4.7% . Variable rate debt had a weighted average interest rate of 4.0% at December 31, 2018 . A one-percentage point change in the effective interest rate of our variable rate debt would not have had a material impact on our 2018 pre-tax income.
We employ established policies and procedures governing the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks and do not enter into foreign currency or interest rate transactions for speculative purposes.
We utilize a "Value-at-Risk" (VaR) model to determine the potential loss in fair value from changes in market conditions. The VaR model utilizes a "Monte Carlo" simulation approach and assumes normal market conditions, a 95% confidence level and a one-day holding period. The model includes all of our public debt and foreign exchange derivative contracts. The model excludes all anticipated transactions, firm commitments and accounts receivables and payables denominated in foreign currencies, which certain of these instruments are intended to hedge. The VaR model is a risk analysis tool and does not purport to represent actual losses in fair value that will be incurred, nor does it consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors.
During 2018 and 2017 , our maximum potential one-day loss in fair value of our exposure to foreign exchange rates and interest rates, using the Monte Carlo simulation approach and the variance/co-variance technique, respectively, was not material.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
See "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data" in this Form 10-K.


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), that are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and to reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Any system of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable (and not absolute) assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Management, under the direction of our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 under the Exchange

30


Act. Notwithstanding this caution, the CEO and CFO have reasonable assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2018 .

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Management assessed the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 . In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on its assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2018 , the internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria issued by COSO in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) .

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report in this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2018 , that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.


31

PART III


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Other than information regarding our executive officers disclosed in Part I of this Annual Report, the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Code of Ethics
We have Business Practices Guidelines (BPG) that apply to all our officers and other employees and a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the Code) that applies to our Board of Directors. The BPG and the Code are posted on our corporate governance website located at www.pb.com/us/our-company/leadership-and-governance/corporate-governance.html. Amendments to either the BPG or the Code and any waiver from a provision of the BPG or the Code requiring disclosure will be disclosed on our corporate governance website.

Audit Committee - Audit Committee Financial Expert
The information regarding the Audit Committee, its members and the Audit Committee financial experts is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION TABLE

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2018 regarding the number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our equity compensation plans.

Plan Category
 
(a)
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
(b)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
(c)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans excluding securities reflected in column (a)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
13,593,156

 
$15.30
 
14,411,742

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 

 

 

Total
 
13,593,156

 
$15.30
 
14,411,742


Other than information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.



32


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1)    Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules
Page Number in Form 10-K
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
(a)(2)
Exhibits
Reg. S-K
exhibits
Description
Status or incorporation by reference
3(a)
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pitney Bowes Inc.
3(b)
Pitney Bowes Inc. Amended and Restated By-laws (effective May 10, 2013)
4(a)
Form of Indenture between the Company and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee
4(b)
Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated April 18, 2003 between the Company and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee
4(d)
First Supplemental Indenture, by and among Pitney Bowes Inc., The Bank of New York, and Citibank, N.A., to the Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2005, by and between the Company and Citibank
10(a) *
Retirement Plan for Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.
10(b.3) *
Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors' Stock Plan (Amended and Restated effective May 12, 2014)
10(c) *
Pitney Bowes Stock Plan (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2002)
10(d) *
Pitney Bowes Inc. 2007 Stock Plan (as amended November 7, 2009)
10(e) *
Pitney Bowes Inc. Key Employees' Incentive Plan (as amended and restated February 4, 2019)
10(f) *
Pitney Bowes Severance Plan (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008)
10(g) *
Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy (as amended and restated as of February 4, 2019)
10(h) *
Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan for the Board of Directors, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009
10(i) *
Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009

33


Reg. S-K
exhibits
Description
Status or incorporation by reference
10(j) *
Pitney Bowes Inc. 1998 U.K. S.A.Y.E. Stock Option Plan
10(k) *
Form of Long Term Incentive Award Agreement
10(l) **
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 6, 2017, among Pitney Bowes Inc., Neutron Acquisition Corp., NGS Holdings, Inc. and Littlejohn Fund IV, L.P., solely in its capacity as stockholder representative
10(m)*
Pitney Bowes Director Equity Deferral plan dated November 8, 2013 (effective May 12, 2014)
10(o)*
Pitney Bowes Executive Equity Deferral Plan dated November 7, 2014
10(p)*
Pitney Bowes Inc. 2013 Stock Plan
10(q)*
Pitney Bowes Inc. 2018 Stock Plan
10(r)
Credit Agreement $1,000,000,000, dated as of January 6, 2015, by and among the company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”).
10(s)
First Amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2017, by and among the company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
10(t)
Second Amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2017, by and among the company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
10(u)
Third Amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2018, by and among the company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
10(v)
Credit Agreement $300,000,000, dated as of January 5, 2016, by and among the company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “$300M Term Loan”).
10(w)
First Amendment to the $300M Term Loan, dated as of September 12, 2017, by and among the company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
10(x)
Second Amendment to the $300M Term Loan, dated as of December 14, 2018, by and among the company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
10(y)
Credit Agreement $200,000,000, dated as of September 12, 2017, by and among the company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
10(z)
First Amendment to the $200,000,000 Term Loan, dated as of December 14, 2018, by and among the company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
10(aa)
Term Loan Facility $150,000,000, dated as of August 30, 2017, by and between the company and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi-UFJ, Ltd. ("$150M Term Loan")
10(bb)
First Amendment to the $150M Term Loan, dated as of December 14, 2018, by and between the company and the Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi-UFJ, Ltd.
10(cc)
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 27, 2018, between the company and Stark Acquisition Corporation (the "Asset Purchase Agreement")
10(dd)
Amendment and Supplement to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2018, between the company and DMT Solutions Global Corporation (f/k/a Stark Acquisition Corporation)

34


Reg. S-K
exhibits
Description
Status or incorporation by reference
21
Subsidiaries of the registrant
23
Consent of independent registered accounting firm
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
101.INS
XBRL Report Instance Document
 
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
 
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document
 
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
 
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document
 
* The Exhibits identified above with an asterisk (*) are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
** Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, certain exhibits and schedules have been omitted. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish a supplementary copy of any omitted attachment to the SEC upon request.

The Company has outstanding certain other long-term indebtedness. Such long-term indebtedness does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company; therefore, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of such indebtedness are not included as exhibits. The Company agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the SEC upon request.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None

35




 
 
Page Number
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements of Pitney Bowes Inc.
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
 
Financial Statement Schedule
 
 
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016



36


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Pitney Bowes Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pitney Bowes Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for revenues from contracts with customers in 2018.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

37



Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, CT
February 20, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1934.  





38

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share amounts)


 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Revenue:
 

 
 

 
 
Equipment sales
$
430,451

 
$
476,691

 
$
480,031

Supplies
218,304

 
231,412

 
241,950

Software
340,855

 
331,843

 
325,577

Rentals
363,057

 
384,123

 
410,241

Financing
314,778

 
330,985

 
366,424

Support services
293,413

 
299,792

 
329,424

Business services
1,561,522

 
1,068,426

 
827,676

Total revenue
3,522,380

 
3,123,272

 
2,981,323

Costs and expenses:
 

 
 

 
 
Cost of equipment sales
181,766

 
201,116

 
203,220

Cost of supplies
60,960

 
66,302

 
65,509

Cost of software
100,681

 
95,033

 
96,151

Cost of rentals
86,330

 
82,703

 
74,457

Financing interest expense
48,857

 
50,665

 
55,241

Cost of support services
168,271

 
163,889

 
166,247

Cost of business services
1,246,084

 
773,052

 
568,509

Selling, general and administrative
1,123,116

 
1,170,905

 
1,140,100

Research and development
125,588

 
118,703

 
107,378

Restructuring charges and asset impairments, net
27,077

 
56,223

 
60,295

Goodwill impairment

 

 
148,181

Interest expense, net
110,900

 
113,497

 
88,970

Other components of net pension and postretirement cost
22,425

 
5,413

 
5,276

Other expense
7,964

 
3,856

 

Total costs and expenses
3,310,019

 
2,901,357

 
2,779,534

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
212,361

 
221,915

 
201,789

Provision for income taxes
12,383

 
553

 
106,975

Income from continuing operations
199,978

 
221,362

 
94,814

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
23,687

 
39,978

 
17,036

Net income
223,665

 
261,340

 
111,850

Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
19,045

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
223,665

 
$
261,340

 
$
92,805

Amounts attributable to common stockholders:
 

 
 

 
 
Income from continuing operations
$
199,978

 
$
221,362

 
$
75,769

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
23,687

 
39,978

 
17,036

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
223,665

 
$
261,340

 
$
92,805

Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1) :
 

 
 

 
 
Continuing operations
$
1.07

 
$
1.19

 
$
0.40

Discontinued operations
0.13

 
0.21

 
0.09

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
1.19

 
$
1.40

 
$
0.49

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1) :
 

 
 

 
 
Continuing operations
$
1.06

 
$
1.18

 
$
0.40

Discontinued operations
0.13

 
0.21

 
0.09

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
1.19

 
$
1.39

 
$
0.49

(1)
The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.




See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

39

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)



 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net income
$
223,665

 
$
261,340

 
$
111,850

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translations, net of tax of $(6,289) in 2018
(54,531
)
 
106,391

 
(4,464
)
Net unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $232, $678, and $1,513, respectively
684

 
1,079

 
2,427

Net unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities, net of tax of $(1,545), $944 and $(244), respectively
(5,002
)
 
1,477

 
(416
)
Adjustments to pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of $(13,058), $3,089 and $(17,550), respectively
(46,170
)
 
12,185

 
(73,141
)
Amortization of pension and postretirement costs, net of tax of $21,675, $13,936, and $14,430, respectively
64,999

 
26,828

 
24,096

Other comprehensive (loss) income
(40,020
)
 
147,960

 
(51,498
)
Comprehensive income
183,645

 
409,300

 
60,352

Less: Preferred stock dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
19,045

Comprehensive income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
183,645

 
$
409,300

 
$
41,307



































See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

40

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
ASSETS
 

 
 

Current assets:
 

 
 

Cash and cash equivalents
$
867,262

 
$
1,009,021

Short-term investments
59,391

 
48,988

Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $17,617 and $14,786 respectively)
455,807

 
427,022

Short-term finance receivables (net of allowance of $12,454 and $12,187, respectively)
789,661

 
828,003

Inventories
41,964

 
40,769

Current income taxes
5,947

 
58,439

Other current assets and prepayments
99,332

 
83,293

Assets of discontinued operations
4,854

 
334,848

Total current assets
2,324,218

 
2,830,383

Property, plant and equipment, net
410,114

 
373,503

Rental property and equipment, net
178,099

 
183,956

Long-term finance receivables (net of allowance of $7,768 and $6,446, respectively)
592,165

 
652,087

Goodwill
1,766,511

 
1,774,645

Intangible assets, net
227,137

 
272,186

Noncurrent income taxes
61,420

 
59,909

Other assets
413,239

 
540,751

Total assets
$
5,972,903

 
$
6,687,420

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 

Current liabilities:
 

 
 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
$
1,401,635

 
$
1,458,854

Current portion of long-term debt
199,535

 
271,057

Advance billings
237,529

 
257,766

Current income taxes
15,165

 
8,823

Liabilities of discontinued operations
3,276

 
72,808

Total current liabilities
1,857,140

 
2,069,308

Deferred taxes on income
295,808

 
249,143

Tax uncertainties and other income tax liabilities
39,548

 
102,051

Long-term debt
3,066,073

 
3,559,278

Other noncurrent liabilities
474,862

 
519,079

Total liabilities
5,733,431

 
6,498,859

 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 16)


 


 
 
 
 
Stockholders' equity:
 
 
 
Cumulative preferred stock, $50 par value, 4% convertible
1

 
1

Cumulative preference stock, no par value, $2.12 convertible
396

 
441

Common stock, $1 par value (480,000,000 shares authorized; 323,337,912 shares issued)
323,338

 
323,338

Additional paid-in capital
121,475

 
138,367

Retained earnings
5,416,777

 
5,229,584

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(948,426
)
 
(792,173
)
Treasury stock, at cost (135,662,830 and 136,734,174 shares, respectively)
(4,674,089
)
 
(4,710,997
)
Total stockholders’ equity
239,472

 
188,561

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
5,972,903

 
$
6,687,420




See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

41

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)


 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash flows from operating activities:
 

 
 

 
 
Net income
$
223,665

 
$
261,340

 
$
111,850

Income from discontinued operations
(23,687
)
 
(39,978
)
 
(17,036
)
Restructuring payments
(52,974
)
 
(37,454
)
 
(62,071
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 

 
 

 
 
Restructuring charges and asset impairments, net
27,077

 
56,223

 
60,295

Goodwill impairment

 

 
148,181

Depreciation and amortization
203,293

 
179,650

 
174,065

Pension plan settlement
31,329

 

 

Special pension plan contribution

 

 
(36,731
)
Loss on sale of businesses

 

 
5,786

Gain on sale of technology

 
(6,085
)
 

Gain on debt forgiveness

 

 
(10,000
)
Stock-based compensation
21,042

 
24,389

 
14,882

Deferred tax (benefit) provision
56,981

 
(25,390
)
 
3,467

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions/divestitures:
 

 
 

 
 
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
(35,565
)
 
(15,923
)
 
27,794

Decrease in finance receivables
79,918

 
125,991

 
119,883

Decrease (increase) in inventories
93

 
7,324

 
(2,880
)
(Increase) decrease in other current assets and prepayments
(22,609
)
 
9,118

 
(717
)
Decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
(3,180
)
 
(13,238
)
 
(97,783
)
Increase (decrease) in current and non-current income taxes
(24,807
)
 
(14,581
)
 
(1,661
)
Decrease in advance billings
(21,506
)
 
(21,193
)
 
(48,432
)
Other, net
(37,705
)
 
(23,384
)
 
14,017

Net cash provided by operating activities: continuing operations
421,365

 
466,809

 
402,909

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: discontinued operations
(29,103
)
 
29,004

 
93,213

Net cash provided by operating activities
392,262

 
495,813

 
496,122

Cash flows from investing activities:
 

 
 

 
 
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
(81,527
)
 
(125,055
)
 
(212,810
)
Proceeds from sales/maturities of available-for-sale securities
175,820

 
113,501

 
211,696

Net change in short-term and other investments
11,838

 
(8,285
)
 
75,654

Capital expenditures
(191,444
)
 
(168,097
)
 
(159,232
)
Proceeds from sale of assets

 
5,458

 
17,671

Reserve account deposits
21,008

 
10,954

 
(2,183
)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(10,484
)
 
(482,853
)
 
(37,842
)
Other investing activities
(4,250
)
 
(5,750
)
 
(6,908
)
Net cash used in investing activities: continuing operations
(79,039
)
 
(660,127
)
 
(113,954
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities: discontinued operations
338,783

 
(2,893
)
 
(1,599
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
259,744

 
(663,020
)
 
(115,553
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 

 
 

 
 
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

 
1,436,660

 
894,744

Principal payments of long-term obligations
(570,180
)
 
(964,550
)
 
(371,007
)
Decrease in short-term borrowings

 

 
(90,000
)
Dividends paid to stockholders
(140,498
)
 
(139,490
)
 
(140,608
)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(18,528
)
Common stock repurchases

 

 
(197,267
)
Redemption of noncontrolling interests

 

 
(300,000
)
Other financing activities
(55,741
)
 
35,127

 
(6,863
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(766,419
)
 
367,747

 
(229,529
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(25,381
)
 
43,959

 
(26,708
)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(139,794
)
 
244,499

 
124,332

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
1,009,021

 
764,522

 
640,190

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
869,227

 
1,009,021

 
764,522

Less cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations
1,965

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations at end of period
$
867,262

 
$
1,009,021

 
$
764,522

Cash interest paid
$
171,120

 
$
169,279

 
$
150,567

Cash income tax payments, net of refunds
$
25,906

 
$
53,247

 
$
127,299



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

42

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands)


 
Preferred
stock
 
Preference
stock
 
Common Stock
 
Additional Paid-in Capital
 
Retained earnings
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
Treasury stock
 
Total equity (deficit)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
1

 
$
505

 
$
323,338

 
$
161,280

 
$
5,155,537

 
$
(888,635
)
 
$
(4,573,305
)
 
$
178,721

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.

 

 

 

 
92,805

 

 

 
92,805

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 
(51,498
)
 

 
(51,498
)
Cash dividends
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common ($0.75 per share)

 

 

 

 
(140,570
)
 

 

 
(140,570
)
Preference

 

 

 

 
(38
)
 

 

 
(38
)
Issuances of common stock

 

 

 
(27,856
)
 

 

 
26,886

 
(970
)
Conversions to common stock

 
(22
)
 

 
(456
)
 

 

 
478

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 
15,157

 

 

 

 
15,157

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 
(197,267
)
 
(197,267
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
1

 
483

 
323,338

 
148,125

 
5,107,734

 
(940,133
)
 
(4,743,208
)
 
(103,660
)
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.

 

 

 

 
261,340

 

 

 
261,340

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 
147,960

 

 
147,960

Cash dividends
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common ($0.75 per share)

 

 

 

 
(139,454
)
 

 

 
(139,454
)
Preference

 

 

 

 
(36
)
 

 

 
(36
)
Issuances of common stock

 

 

 
(33,316
)
 

 

 
31,338

 
(1,978
)
Conversions to common stock

 
(42
)
 

 
(831
)
 

 

 
873

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 
24,389

 

 

 

 
24,389

Balance at December 31, 2017
1

 
441

 
323,338

 
138,367

 
5,229,584

 
(792,173
)
 
(4,710,997
)
 
188,561

Cumulative effect of accounting changes

 

 

 

 
104,026

 
(116,233
)
 

 
(12,207
)
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.

 

 

 

 
223,665

 

 

 
223,665

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 
(40,020
)
 

 
(40,020
)
Cash dividends
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common ($0.75 per share)

 

 

 

 
(140,466
)
 

 

 
(140,466
)
Preference

 

 

 

 
(32
)
 

 

 
(32
)
Issuances of common stock

 

 

 
(37,030
)
 

 

 
35,959

 
(1,071
)
Conversions to common stock

 
(45
)
 

 
(904
)
 

 

 
949

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 
21,042

 

 

 

 
21,042

Balance at December 31, 2018
$
1

 
$
396

 
$
323,338

 
$
121,475

 
$
5,416,777

 
$
(948,426
)
 
$
(4,674,089
)
 
$
239,472















See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

43

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)



1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of Pitney Bowes Inc. (we, us, our, or the company) and its wholly owned subsidiaries have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
We revised our December 31, 2017 balance sheet to correct the classification between tax uncertainties and other income tax liabilities and deferred taxes on income by $14 million related to withholding taxes on unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. The impact of this revision was not material to the prior quarters.
In July 2018, we sold our Document Messaging Technology production mail business and supporting software (the Production Mail Business) to an affiliate of Platinum Equity, LLC, a leading global private equity firm. The Production Mail Business qualified as a discontinued operation and accordingly, the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Production Mail Business are reported as discontinued operations (see Note 4).

Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and accompanying disclosures, including the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions are based on management's best knowledge of current events, historical experience and other information available when the financial statements are prepared. These estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition for multiple element arrangements, the allocation of purchase price to assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, goodwill and intangible asset impairment review, allowance for doubtful accounts and credit losses, residual values of leased assets, useful lives of long-lived and intangible assets, restructuring costs, pension and other postretirement costs, income tax reserves, deferred tax asset valuation allowance, stock-based compensation expense and loss contingencies. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Cash Equivalents and Investments
Cash equivalents include highly-liquid interest-earning investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. Short-term investments include investments with an original maturity of greater than three months and remaining maturities of less than one year from the reporting date.
Our investment securities are primarily classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, excluding other-than-temporary impairments, reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Purchase premiums and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the security. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are recorded on the trade date using the specific identification method. Investment securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost. Investment securities are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and other assets depending on the investment's maturity.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are generally due within 30 days after the invoice date. Accounts deemed uncollectible are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and management deems the account to be uncollectible. We believe that our accounts receivable credit risk is low because of the geographic and industry diversification of our clients and small account balances for most of our clients.
We estimate the probable losses on accounts receivable and provide an allowance for doubtful accounts. Our estimate is based on historical loss experience, the age of the receivables, specific troubled accounts and other currently available information. We continually evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts and make adjustments as necessary.

Finance Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses
Finance receivables are composed of sales-type lease receivables and unsecured revolving loan receivables. We estimate probable losses on finance receivables and provide an allowance for credit losses. We estimate probable losses on finance receivables based on historical loss experience, the nature and volume of our portfolios, specific troubled accounts and our ability to manage the collateral . We continually evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses and make adjustments as necessary.

44

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

We establish credit approval limits based on the credit quality of the client and the type of equipment financed. We discontinue revenue recognition for lease receivables that are more than 120 days past due and for unsecured loan receivables that are more than 90 days past due and resume revenue recognition when the client's payments reduce the account aging to less than 60 days past due. Finance receivables deemed uncollectible are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and management deems the account to be uncollectible. We believe that our finance receivable credit risk is low because of the geographic and industry diversification of our clients and small account balances for most of our clients.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for most U.S. inventories and on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for most non-U.S. inventories.

Fixed Assets
Property, plant and equipment and rental equipment are stated at cost and depreciated principally using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which are 50 years for buildings, 10 to 20 years for building improvements, 3 to 10 years for internal use software development costs, 3 to 12 years for machinery and equipment and 4 to 6 years for rental equipment. Major improvements that add to productive capacity or extend the life of an asset are capitalized while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful life or the remaining lease term. Fully depreciated assets are retained in fixed assets and accumulated depreciation until they are removed from service.

Intangible assets
Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized using either the straight-line method or an accelerated attrition method over their estimated useful lives of up to 15 years.

Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs include engineering costs related to research and development activities and are expensed as incurred. 

Impairment Review for Long-lived and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset is compared to the asset's carrying value. If the sum of the undiscounted cash flows is less than the asset's carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for an amount by which the asset's carrying value exceeds its fair value. The fair value of the impaired asset is determined using probability weighted expected cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and appraisals, as appropriate. We derive cash flow estimates from our long-term business plans and historical experience.

Impairment Review for Goodwill
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level during the fourth quarter or sooner if circumstances indicate an impairment may exist. The impairment test for goodwill determines the fair value of each reporting unit and compares it to the reporting unit's carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value an impairment loss is recognized for the difference, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.

Retirement Plans
Net periodic benefit cost includes current service cost, interest cost, expected return on plan assets and the amortization of actuarial gains and losses. Actuarial gains and losses arise from actual experiences that differ from previous assumptions as well as changes in assumptions for expected return on plan assets, discount rates used to measure pension and other postretirement obligations and life expectancy. The expected return on assets is measured using the market-related value of assets, which is a calculated value that recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets over five years. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax, and amortized to benefit cost primarily over the life expectancy of plan participants. The funded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans is recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Stock-based Compensation
We primarily issue restricted stock units, non-qualified stock options and performance stock units under our stock award plans. Compensation expense for stock-based awards is measured based on the estimated fair value of the awards expected to vest and recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock awards is estimated based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date, less the present value of expected dividends or using the Black-Scholes valuation model or Monte Carlo simulation

45

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

model. We believe that the valuation techniques and underlying assumptions are appropriate in estimating the fair value of stock awards. The majority of stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expense. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant to recognize expense for those awards that are expected to vest and are based on our historical forfeiture rates.

Revenue Recognition
Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606) . We adopted this standard on the modified retrospective basis with a cumulative effect adjustment. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under the new guidance, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with previous guidance. We applied the following practical expedients and policy elections when adopting ASC 606:
Costs incurred to obtain a contract with a customer are expensed if the amortization period of the asset is one year or less;
With the exception of certain services contracts, all taxes assessed by government authorities, such as sales and use taxes, value added taxes and excise tax, are excluded from the transaction price;
The transaction price is not adjusted for a significant financing component when a performance obligation is satisfied within one year;
Revenue is recognized based on the amount billable to the customer, when that amount corresponds to the value transferred to the customer;
Shipping and handling activities are accounted for as a fulfillment activity rather than a separate performance obligation; and
We reflected the aggregate effect of all modifications when identifying performance obligations and allocating transaction price.

We derive revenue from multiple sources including sales, rentals, financing and services. Certain transactions are consummated at the same time and can therefore generate revenue from multiple sources. The most common form of these transactions involves a sale or noncancelable lease of equipment, a meter rental and an equipment maintenance agreement. We are required to determine whether each product and service within the contract should be treated as a separate performance obligation (unit of accounting) for revenue recognition purposes. For contracts that include multiple performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated based on relative standalone selling prices (SSP) which are a range of selling prices that we would sell a good or service to a customer on a separate basis. SSP is established for each performance obligation at the inception of the contract and can be based on observable prices or estimated. The allocation of the transaction price to the various performance obligations impacts the timing of revenue recognition, but does not change the total revenue recognized. More specifically, revenue related to our offerings is recognized as follows:

Equipment Sales
We sell equipment directly to our customers and to distributors (re-sellers) throughout the world. For a sale transaction, the SSP of the equipment is based on a range of selling prices in standalone transactions. For a lease transaction, revenue is allocated to the equipment based on the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments. We recognize revenue from the sale of equipment under sales-type leases as equipment sales revenue at the inception of the lease. We do not typically offer any rights of return or stock balancing rights. We recognize revenue on non-lease transactions when control of the equipment transfers to the customer, which is upon delivery for customer installable models and upon installation or customer acceptance for other models.

Supplies Revenue
Supplies revenue is generally recognized upon delivery.

Software Revenue
We also have contracts that contain only performance obligations to deliver software licenses and software related products and services that may include maintenance and support services, data, and training and integration services. A majority of our software and data license products are considered "right to use" and are generally distinct from other promised goods and services within a contract. Revenue for right to use software and data licenses is recognized at a point in time when control has transferred to the customer, which is generally upon delivery or acceptance for those licenses requiring significant integration or customization. Revenue from renewals are recognized at the beginning of the license term.
We generally invoice customers upon delivery of our software and data licenses. Data contracts that include both data and data updates are invoiced in one or more equal installments. A contract asset is recognized on data licenses for which consideration will be received in future periods.
We allocate the transaction price based on relative standalone selling prices, which are generally based on observable selling prices in standalone transactions for our data products, maintenance and professional services. We estimate the standalone selling prices for our software licenses using the residual approach, as the selling prices are highly variable and observable standalone selling prices exist for the other goods and services in the contract.

46

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

We often bundle software licenses with lease contracts. Revenue is recognized upon delivery of those software licenses considered distinct and functional in nature.

Rentals Revenue
Rentals revenue includes revenue from the subscription for digital meter services, postage meters and mailing equipment. Revenue is allocated to the meter rental and equipment maintenance agreement elements using their respective selling prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. We may invoice in advance for postage meter rentals according to the terms of the agreement. We initially defer these advanced billings and recognize rentals revenue on a straight-line basis over the invoice period. Revenues generated from financing clients for the continued use of equipment subsequent to the expiration of the original lease are recognized as rentals revenue. 
We capitalize certain initial direct costs incurred in consummating a rental transaction and recognize these costs over the expected term of the agreement. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were $17 million and $10 million of initial direct costs included in rental property and equipment, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively. Amortization of these costs was $5 million , $5 million and $7 million , for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Financing Revenue
We provide lease financing for our products primarily through sales-type leases. We also provide revolving lines of credit to our clients for the purchase of postage and supplies. We believe that our sales-type lease portfolio contains only normal collection risk. Accordingly, we record the fair value of equipment as sales revenue, the cost of equipment as cost of sales and the minimum lease payments plus the estimated residual value as finance receivables. The difference between the finance receivable and the equipment fair value is recorded as unearned income and is amortized as income over the lease term using the interest method.
Equipment residual values are determined at inception of the lease using estimates of fair value at the end of the lease term. Fair value estimates are based primarily on historical experience. We also consider forecasted supply and demand for products, product retirement and launch plans, client behavior, regulatory changes, remanufacturing strategies, used equipment markets, competition and technological changes. We evaluate residual values on an annual basis or sooner if circumstances warrant. Declines in estimated residual values considered "other-than-temporary" are recognized immediately. Estimated increases in future residual values are not recognized until the equipment is remarketed.

Support Services Revenue
We provide support services for our equipment primarily through maintenance contracts. Revenue is allocated to the equipment maintenance agreement using selling prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. Since we have a stand-ready obligation to provide service over the entire contract term, revenue related to these equipment maintenance agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement.

Business Services Revenue
Business services revenue includes revenue from mail processing services and ecommerce solutions from our Commerce Services segment. These services represent a series of distinct services that are similar and revenue is recognized as the services are invoiced to the customer.

We also review certain third party relationships and evaluate the appropriateness of recording revenue on a gross basis when we act as a principal in a transaction or net basis when we act as an agent between a client and vendor. We consider several factors in determining whether we are acting as principal or agent such as whether we are the primary obligor to the client, have control over the pricing and have inventory risk.

Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, for multiple element arrangements, revenue was allocated to each of the elements based on relative "selling prices" determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE). We established VSOE of selling prices based on the prices charged for each element when sold separately in standalone transactions. Revenue was allocated to the meter rental and equipment maintenance agreement elements using their respective selling prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. For a sale transaction, revenue was allocated to the equipment based on a range of selling prices in standalone transactions. For a lease transaction, revenue was allocated to the equipment based on the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments. The amount allocated to equipment was compared to the range of selling prices in standalone transactions during the period to ensure the allocated equipment amount approximated average selling prices.

We also have multiple element arrangements containing only software and software related elements. Software related elements may include maintenance and support services, data subscriptions, training and integration services. Under these multiple element arrangements, we allocated revenue based on VSOE for software related elements and used the residual method to determine the amount of software licenses revenue. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements was deferred and the remaining portion of the consideration was allocated to the delivered elements and recognized as revenue. The majority of our software license arrangements are bundled with maintenance and support services and we established VSOE of fair value using a bell-shaped curve analysis for

47

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

maintenance and support services renewal rates. If VSOE for any undelivered software element could not be determined, revenue was deferred until all deliverables were delivered or until VSOE could be determined for remaining undelivered software elements.

For software licenses that were included in a lease contract, revenue was recognized upon delivery unless the lease contract specified that the license expired at the end of the lease or the price of the software was deemed not fixed or determinable based on historical evidence of similar software leases. In those instances, revenue was recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease contract.

The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the amount or timing of recognition for our other revenue streams.
 
Shipping and Handling
Shipping and handling costs are recognized as incurred and recorded in cost of revenues.

Costs to Obtain a Contract
Upon the adoption of ASC 606, certain incremental costs to obtain a contract are capitalized if we expect the benefit of those costs to be realized over a period greater than one year. These costs primarily relate to sales commission on multi-year equipment and software support service contracts. These costs are amortized in a manner consistent with the timing of the related revenue over the contract performance period or longer, if renewals are expected and the renewal commission is not commensurate with the initial commission. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $ 15 million . Unamortized contract costs at December 31, 2018 were $29 million and are included in other assets.

Deferred Marketing Costs
Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, we capitalized certain costs associated with the acquisition of new customers and recognized those costs over the expected revenue stream of eight years. Deferred marketing costs at December 31, 2017 were $36 million and amortization of these costs for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $13 million and $15 million , respectively. Upon the adoption of ASC 606, marketing costs associated with the acquisition of new customers are expensed as incurred and deferred marketing costs at January 1, 2018 were written off and included in the cumulative effect of accounting change.

Restructuring Charges
Costs associated with restructuring actions include employee severance, other employee separation costs and contract termination costs, including leases. These costs are recognized when a liability is incurred, which is generally upon communication to the affected employees or exit from a leased facility, and the amount to be paid is both probable and reasonably estimable. Severance accruals are based on company policy, historical experience and negotiated settlements.

Derivative Instruments
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We limit these risks by following established risk management policies and procedures, including the use of derivatives. We use derivative instruments to limit the effects of currency exchange rate fluctuations on financial results and manage the related cost of debt. We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.
We record derivative instruments at fair value and the accounting for changes in fair value depends on the intended use of the derivative, the resulting designation and the effectiveness of the instrument in offsetting the risk exposure it is designed to hedge. To qualify as a hedge, a derivative must be highly effective in offsetting the risk designated for hedging purposes. The hedge relationship must be formally documented at inception, detailing the particular risk management objective and strategy for the hedge. The effectiveness of the hedge relationship is evaluated on a retrospective and prospective basis.
The use of derivative instruments exposes us to counterparty credit risk. To mitigate such risks, we enter into contracts only with financial institutions that meet stringent credit requirements. We regularly review our credit exposure balances and the creditworthiness of our counterparties. We have not seen a material change in the creditworthiness of our derivative counterparties.

Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of such change. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In estimating the necessity and amount of a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence for each jurisdiction including historical operating

48

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. We adjust the valuation allowance through income tax expense when new information becomes available that would alter our determination of the amount of deferred tax assets that will ultimately be realized.

Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents.

Translation of Non-U.S. Currency Amounts
In general, the functional currency of our foreign operations is the local currency. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside the U.S. are translated at rates in effect at the end of the period and revenue and expenses are translated at average monthly rates during the period. Net deferred translation gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Loss Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. On a quarterly basis, we review the status of each significant matter and assess the potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal action is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated, we establish a liability for the estimated loss. The assessment of the ultimate outcome of each claim or legal action and the determination of the potential financial exposure requires significant judgment. Estimates of potential liabilities for claims or legal actions are based only on information that is available at that time. As additional information becomes available, we may revise our estimates, and these revisions could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements
New Accounting Pronouncements - Standards Adopted in 2018
Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method with a cumulative effect adjustment at the date of the initial application. See Revenue Recognition above and Note 2 for more information on the adoption of ASC 606.
In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2018-14, Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. The ASU impacts disclosure requirements only. The standard is effective beginning January 1, 2021; however, we elected to adopt this standard as of December 31, 2018.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) . The ASU impacts only disclosure requirements of fair value measurements. The standard is effective beginning January 1, 2020; however, we elected to adopt this standard as of December 31, 2018.
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) . The ASU permits a reclassification of the disproportionate income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on items within AOCI to retained earnings and requires certain new disclosures. The standard is effective beginning January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We elected to adopt this standard as of December 31, 2018 and recognized the reclassification of $116 million from AOCI to opening retained earnings as a cumulative effect adjustment. There was no impact to total Stockholders' equity.
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The ASU changes the recognition and presentation requirements of hedge accounting and reduces the cost and complexity of applying hedge accounting by easing the requirements for effectiveness testing and hedge documentation. We early adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and there was no impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Scope of Modification Accounting . The ASU provides guidance about which changes to terms and conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. There was no impact on our consolidated financial statements from the adoption of this standard.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Benefit Cost. The ASU requires the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost to be presented in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs. Other components of the net periodic benefit cost are to be presented separately, in an appropriately titled line item outside of any subtotal of operating income or disclosed in the

49

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

footnotes. The standard also limits the amount eligible for capitalization to the service cost component. We adopted this standard and prior period information has been recast to conform to the current period presentation.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities in evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as an acquisition or disposal of assets or a business. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and there was no impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes: Intra-entity Transfers of Assets other than Inventory, which requires tax expense to be recognized from the sale of intra-entity assets, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs, even though the effects of the transaction are eliminated in consolidation. Under previous guidance, the tax effects of transfers were deferred until the transferred asset was sold or otherwise recovered through use. We adopted this standard and recognized a cumulative effect adjustment to reduce opening retained earnings by $3 million .
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . This standard primarily affects the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. We adopted this standard and there was no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

New Accounting Pronouncements - Standards Not Yet Adopted
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) , which was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases ; and ASU No. 2018-11, Targeted Improvements.
We will adopt the new lease accounting standard on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective transition approach of applying the standard at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. As a result, we will record a cumulative effect adjustment as of January 1, 2017, recast comparative period financial statements and provide disclosures required by the standard.
From a lessor perspective, the standard simplifies the accounting for lease modifications and aligns accounting of lease contracts with revenue recognition guidance. We will continue to classify leases as sales-type or operating, with classification affecting the pattern and classification of income recognition. We expect changes in the timing and classification of revenue related to contract modifications. We expect certain income and costs to be accelerated that were previously recognized over the life of the lease due to conclusions on lease and non-lease components. We do not expect that this standard will have a material impact on our results of operations or liquidity; and we do not expect the economics and overall profitability of our lease offerings to be materially impacted.
From a lessee perspective, the standard requires us to recognize right-of-use (ROU) assets and lease liabilities for our real estate and equipment operating leases and to provide new disclosures about our leasing activities. We will elect the short-term lease recognition exemption and will not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities for leases with a term less than 12 months. We will also elect the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for our lessee portfolio. Upon adoption, we expect to recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities in the range of $175 million to $225 million . The impact of adopting the standard related to lessee accounting will not have a material impact on our results of operations or liquidity.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software . The ASU aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The standard is effective beginning January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities . The ASU shortens the amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a premium, requiring the premium to be amortized to the earliest call date. The standard will be adopted on January 1, 2019 on a modified retrospective basis. The implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses . The ASU sets forth a “current expected credit loss” (CECL) model, which requires companies to measure expected credit losses for all financial instruments held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonably supportable forecasts. This replaces the existing incurred loss model and is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost and applies to some off-balance sheet credit exposures. This standard is effective beginning January 1, 2020. We are currently assessing the impact this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.



50

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Adoption of ASC 606
We recorded a net decrease to opening retained earnings of $9 million as of January 1, 2018 for the cumulative effect of adopting ASC 606. Significant components of this cumulative effect adjustment include:
The write-off of previously capitalized deferred marketing costs that did not meet the criteria for capitalization under ASC 606;
The capitalization of certain costs to obtain a contract, primarily sales commissions, that are permitted to be capitalized under ASC 606;
The establishment of deferred revenue related to the early renewal of software and data license contracts with terms beginning in 2018, as ASC 606 requires revenue recognition at the commencement of the license term;
The write-off of deferred revenues and related costs for certain software licenses bundled with a lease that are recognized at time of delivery under ASC 606; and
The write-off of advance billings related to certain software data products that are recognized upon delivery under ASC 606.

The impact on our consolidated financial statements as if they were presented under the prior guidance is as follows:
 
Year ended December 31, 2018
 
As reported
 
Prior guidance
 
Increase (decrease)
Income Statement
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue
$
3,522,380

 
$
3,483,757

 
$
38,623

Equipment sales
$
430,451

 
$
432,911

 
$
(2,460
)
Software
$
340,855

 
$
297,976

 
$
42,879

Business services
$
1,561,522

 
$
1,563,318

 
$
(1,796
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total costs and expenses
$
3,310,019

 
$
3,318,288

 
$
(8,269
)
Cost of equipment sales
$
181,766

 
$
181,957

 
$
(191
)
Cost of software
$
100,681

 
$
96,332

 
$
4,349

Selling, general and administrative
$
1,123,116

 
$
1,135,543

 
$
(12,427
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes
$
212,361

 
$
165,469

 
$
46,892


The most significant impact to the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year December 31, 2018, was higher software revenue of $43 million primarily due to the acceleration of data subscription revenues which were previously recognized on a ratable basis and the renewal of software data licenses with a term beginning in 2018. Additionally, selling, general and administrative expenses were lower due to the deferral of certain sales commissions and lower amortization of deferred marketing costs.

51

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
December 31, 2018
 
As reported
 
Prior guidance
 
Increase (decrease)
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
5,972,903

 
$
5,951,075

 
$
21,828

Accounts receivable, net
$
455,807

 
$
454,414

 
$
1,393

Other current assets and prepayments
$
99,332

 
$
90,659

 
$
8,673

Other assets
$
413,239

 
$
400,955

 
$
12,284

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
$
5,733,431

 
$
5,737,751

 
$
(4,320
)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
$
1,401,635

 
$
1,396,650

 
$
4,985

Advance billings
$
237,529

 
$
252,472

 
$
(14,943
)
Other noncurrent liabilities
$
474,862

 
$
477,208

 
$
(2,346
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders' equity
$
239,472

 
$
213,325

 
$
26,147

Retained earnings
$
5,416,777

 
$
5,389,732

 
$
27,045

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
$
(948,426
)
 
$
(947,528
)
 
$
(898
)

The most significant impacts to the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2018 were:
Higher other current assets and prepayments primarily due to contract assets that are recognized when data licenses are delivered in advance to the right to invoice. This was offset by lower prepaid costs related to software licenses and software data products, which are now recognized at time of delivery rather than ratably under previous guidance;
Higher other assets primarily due to contract assets that are recognized when data licenses are delivered in advance to the right to invoice;
Higher accounts payable and other accrued liabilities due to higher costs directly related to the higher data license revenue that is recorded at the time of delivery under ASC 606 rather than ratably under the previous guidance; and
Lower advance billings primarily due to our data license products for which revenue is recognized at time of delivery but invoicing occurs in future periods. Under previous guidance data subscriptions were billed in advance and recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term.

52

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Disaggregated Revenue
The following tables disaggregate our revenue by major source:
 
Year ended December 31, 2018
Major products/service lines
Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
North America Mailing
International Mailing
Software Solutions
Total Revenue from sales and services (ASC 606)
Revenue from leasing transactions and financing
Total Consolidated Revenue
Equipment sales
$

$

$
59,589

$
52,467

$

$
112,056

$
318,395

$
430,451

Supplies


144,283

74,021


218,304


218,304

Software




340,855

340,855


340,855

Rentals


19,390

8,214


27,604

335,453

363,057

Financing


64,279

11,508


75,787

238,991

314,778

Support services


208,855

84,558


293,413


293,413

Business services
1,022,862

515,795

16,997

5,868


1,561,522


1,561,522

 
$
1,022,862

$
515,795

$
513,393

$
236,636

$
340,855

$
2,629,541

$
892,839

$
3,522,380

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue from sales and services (ASC 606)
$
1,022,862

$
515,795

$
513,393

$
236,636

$
340,855

$
2,629,541

$

$
2,629,541

Revenue from leasing transactions and financing


761,632

131,207



892,839

892,839

     Total revenue
$
1,022,862

$
515,795

$
1,275,025

$
367,843

$
340,855

$
2,629,541

$
892,839

$
3,522,380

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Timing of revenue recognition (ASC 606)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Products/services transferred at a point in time
$

$

$
203,872

$
126,488

$
134,360

$
464,720

 
 
Products/services transferred over time
1,022,862

515,795

309,521

110,148

206,495

2,164,821

 
 
      Total revenue
$
1,022,862

$
515,795

$
513,393

$
236,636

$
340,855

$
2,629,541

 
 
Our performance obligations are as follows:
Equipment sales and supplies : Our performance obligations generally include the sale of mailing equipment, excluding sales-type leases, and supplies. We recognize revenue upon delivery for self-install equipment and supplies and upon acceptance or installation for other equipment. We provide a warranty that our equipment is free of defects and meets stated specifications. The warranty is not considered a separate performance obligation.
Software : Our performance obligations include the sale of software licenses, maintenance, data products and professional services. Revenue for licenses is generally recognized upon delivery or over time for those licenses that require critical updates over the term of the contract.
Rentals : Our performance obligations include the fees associated with postage refills for meters.
Financing : Our performance obligations include services under our equipment replacement program. The fees received for this program are recognized ratably over the contract term.
Support Services : Our performance obligations include providing maintenance and professional services for our North America and International mailing equipment. Contract terms range from one year to five years, depending on the term of the lease contract for the related equipment. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period and revenue for professional services is recognized when services are provided.
Business Services : Our performance obligations primarily include mail processing services and ecommerce solutions. Revenue is recognized over time as the services are provided. The contract terms for these services vary, with the initial contracts in the range of one to five years followed by annual renewal periods.
Revenue from leasing transactions and financing include revenue from sales-type leases, finance income and late fees that are not accounted for under ASC 606.


53

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Contract Assets and Advance Billings from Contracts with Customers
Contract assets are recorded in other current assets and prepayments (current portion) and other assets (noncurrent portion) and advance billings are recorded in advance billings (current portion) and other noncurrent liabilities (noncurrent portion) in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The following table summarizes our contract assets and advanced billings balances:
 
December 31, 2018
 
January 1, 2018
 
Total increase (decrease)
Contracts assets, current portion
$
16,115

 
$
5,075

 
$
11,040

Contracts assets, noncurrent portion
$
13,092

 
$
648

 
$
12,444

Advance billings, current portion
$
185,322

 
$
209,098

 
$
(23,776
)
Advance billings, noncurrent portion
$
12,778

 
$
17,765

 
$
(4,987
)
Contract Assets
We record contract assets when performance obligations are satisfied in advance of invoicing the customer when the right to consideration is conditional on the satisfaction of another performance obligation within a contract. The increase in contract assets is primarily due to an increase in multiple year data contracts where the license was delivered in 2018 but the right to invoice will occur in future periods.  
Advance Billings from Contracts with Customers
Advance billings are recorded when cash payments are due in advance of performance. Items in advance billings primarily relate to support services on equipment and software licenses, subscription services and certain software data products. Revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term. The net decrease in advance billings at December 31, 2018 is primarily driven by revenues recognized during the period, which includes $190 million of advance billings at the beginning of the period, partially offset by advance billings for the year.

Future Performance Obligations
The transaction prices allocated to future performance obligations will be recognized as follows:
 
2019
 
2020
 
2021-2023
 
Total
North America Mailing (1)
$
144,989

 
$
110,930

 
$
133,738

 
$
389,657

International Mailing (1)
37,921

 
24,552

 
38,068

 
100,541

Software Solutions (2)
66,185

 
38,373

 
22,170

 
126,728

Total
$
249,095

 
$
173,855

 
$
193,976

 
$
616,926

(1) Revenue streams bundled with our leasing contracts, primarily maintenance and other services.
(2) Multiple-year software maintenance contracts, certain software and data licenses and data updates.

The table above does not include revenue related to performance obligations for contracts with terms less than 12 months and expected consideration for those performance obligations where revenue is recognized based on the amount billable to the customer.


54

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

3. Segment Information
In January 2018, we revised our business reporting groups to reflect how we manage these groups and clients served in each market. We formed the Commerce Services group to include our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services segments. Additionally, we classified the operating results of the Production Mail Business to discontinued operations and have recast prior year segment operating results to conform to the current year presentation. The principal products and services of each reportable segment are as follows:
Commerce Services:
Global Ecommerce: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from cross-border ecommerce transactions and domestic retail and ecommerce shipping solutions and fulfillment, delivery and return services.
Presort Services : Includes revenue and related expenses from sortation services that allow clients to qualify large volumes of First Class Mail, Marketing Mail and Bound and Packet Mail (Standard Flats and Bound Printed Matter) for postal worksharing discounts.
Small & Medium Business (SMB) Solutions:
North America Mailing : Includes the revenue and related expenses from mailing and shipping solutions, financing, services and supplies for small and medium businesses to efficiently create mail, evidence postage and help simplify and save on the sending, tracking and receiving of letters, parcels and flats in the U.S. and Canada.
International Mailing : Includes the revenue and related expenses from mailing and shipping solutions, financing, services and supplies for small and medium businesses to efficiently create mail, evidence postage and help simplify and save on the sending, tracking and receiving of letters, parcels and flats in areas outside the U.S. and Canada.
Software Solutions:
Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the licensing of customer engagement, customer information, location intelligence software, data solutions and related support services.
Management uses segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) to measure profitability and performance at the segment level and believes that it provides a useful measure of operating performance and underlying trends of the business. We determine segment EBIT by deducting from segment revenue the related costs and expenses attributable to the segment. Segment EBIT excludes interest, taxes, general corporate expenses, restructuring charges and other items not allocated to a particular business segment. Segment EBIT may not be indicative of our overall consolidated performance and therefore, should be read in conjunction with our consolidated results of operations. The following tables provide information about our reportable segments and reconciliation of segment EBIT to net income.
 
Revenues
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Global Ecommerce
$
1,022,862

 
$
552,242

 
$
339,320

Presort Services
515,795

 
497,901

 
475,582

Commerce Services
1,538,657

 
1,050,143

 
814,902

North America Mailing
1,275,025

 
1,357,405

 
1,429,027

International Mailing
367,843

 
384,097

 
412,244

SMB Solutions
1,642,868

 
1,741,502

 
1,841,271

Software Solutions
340,855

 
331,627

 
325,150

Total Revenue
$
3,522,380

 
$
3,123,272

 
$
2,981,323

 
 
 
 
 
 
Geographic data:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
2,865,228

 
$
2,466,403

 
$
2,299,607

Outside United States
657,152

 
656,869

 
681,716

Total
$
3,522,380

 
$
3,123,272

 
$
2,981,323



55

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
EBIT
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Global Ecommerce
$
(32,379
)
 
$
(17,899
)
 
$
3,043

Presort Services
73,768

 
97,506

 
95,258

Commerce Services
41,389

 
79,607

 
98,301

North America Mailing
470,268

 
498,571

 
594,723

International Mailing
63,820

 
48,531

 
45,408

SMB Solutions
534,088

 
547,102

 
640,131

Software Solutions
47,094

 
33,818

 
22,119

Total segment EBIT
622,571

 
660,527

 
760,551

Reconciling items:
 

 
 
 
 

Interest, net
(159,757
)
 
(164,162
)
 
(144,211
)
Unallocated corporate expenses
(180,481
)
 
(214,072
)
 
(199,954
)
Restructuring charges and asset impairments, net
(27,077
)
 
(56,223
)
 
(60,295
)
Goodwill impairment

 

 
(148,181
)
Pension settlement
(31,329
)
 

 

Gain on sale of technology

 
6,085

 

Transaction costs
(3,602
)
 
(6,384
)
 
(6,121
)
Other expense
(7,964
)
 
(3,856
)
 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
212,361

 
221,915

 
201,789

Provision for income taxes
12,383

 
553

 
106,975

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
23,687

 
39,978

 
17,036

Net income
$
223,665

 
$
261,340

 
$
111,850

 
Depreciation and amortization
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Global Ecommerce
$
61,046

 
$
36,662

 
$
30,607

Presort Services
26,838

 
26,541

 
27,929

Commerce Services
87,884

 
63,203

 
58,536

North America Mailing
68,250

 
64,803

 
60,066

International Mailing
16,142

 
18,562

 
19,431

SMB Solutions
84,392

 
83,365

 
79,497

Software Solutions
9,540

 
8,978

 
14,621

Total for reportable segments
181,816

 
155,546

 
152,654

Unallocated amounts
21,477

 
24,104

 
21,411

Total depreciation and amortization
$
203,293

 
$
179,650


$
174,065


56

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Capital expenditures
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Global Ecommerce
$
46,117

 
$
26,810

 
$
15,647

Presort Services
42,532

 
20,860

 
17,537

Commerce Services
88,649

 
47,670

 
33,184

North America Mailing
61,458

 
69,131

 
83,547

International Mailing
10,701

 
11,982

 
3,163

SMB Solutions
72,159

 
81,113

 
86,710

Software Solutions
4,251

 
9,181

 
4,617

Total for reportable segments
165,059

 
137,964

 
124,511

Unallocated amount
26,385

 
30,133

 
34,721

Total capital expenditures
$
191,444

 
$
168,097

 
$
159,232

 
Assets
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Global Ecommerce
$
1,023,732

 
$
1,016,045

 
$
449,363

Presort Services
431,512

 
387,701

 
373,443

Commerce Services
1,455,244

 
1,403,746

 
822,806

North America Mailing
1,859,355

 
1,965,198

 
2,073,344

International Mailing
502,370

 
550,306

 
521,003

SMB Solutions
2,361,725

 
2,515,504

 
2,594,347

Software Solutions
593,050

 
583,549

 
569,414

Total for reportable segments
4,410,019

 
4,502,799

 
3,986,567

Cash and cash equivalents
867,262

 
1,009,021

 
764,522

Short-term investments
59,391

 
48,988

 
38,448

Assets of discontinued operations
4,854

 
334,848

 
317,333

Other corporate assets
631,377

 
791,764

 
730,263

Consolidated assets
$
5,972,903

 
$
6,687,420

 
$
5,837,133

Identifiable long-lived assets:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
543,118

 
$
501,251

 
$
436,795

Outside United States
45,095

 
56,208

 
58,339

Total
$
588,213

 
$
557,459

 
$
495,134



57

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

4. Discontinued Operations
On July 2, 2018, we completed the sale of the Production Mail Business, other than in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, to an affiliate of Platinum Equity, LLC, a leading global private equity firm. Subsequently during the last half of the year, we closed on the sale of most of the non-U.S. jurisdictions, and expect to close on the remaining non-U.S. jurisdictions in the first quarter of 2019, subject to local regulatory requirements. Cash proceeds from the sale were $340 million and net proceeds, after the payment of closing costs, transaction fees and taxes, were approximately $270 million .
In connection with the sale, we entered into Transition Services Agreements (TSAs) with the purchaser whereby we will perform certain support functions for periods of a year or less. These TSAs will not have a material effect on our financial performance.
Selected financial information of the Production Mail Business included in discontinued operations is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Revenue
$
211,542

 
$
426,676

 
$
425,252

 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings from discontinued operations
$
18,952

 
$
61,074

 
$
41,880

Gain on sale
60,611

 

 

Income from discontinued operations before taxes
79,563

 
61,074

 
41,880

Tax provision
55,876

 
21,096

 
24,844

Income from discontinued operations
$
23,687

 
$
39,978

 
$
17,036


The gain on sale includes a $13 million non-cash pension settlement charge and $11 million of transaction costs.

The major categories of assets and liabilities of the Production Mail Business included in assets of discontinued operations and liabilities of discontinued operations are as follows:
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,965

 
$

Accounts receivable, net
1,057

 
97,402

Inventories
849

 
48,910

Other current assets and prepayments
278

 
3,365

Property, plant and equipment, net
526

 
5,541

Rental property and equipment, net
179

 
1,786

Goodwill

 
177,799

Other assets

 
45

Assets of discontinued operations
$
4,854

 
$
334,848

 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
$
662

 
$
36,592

Advance billings
593

 
30,607

Other current liabilities
2,021

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 
5,609

Liabilities of discontinued operations
$
3,276

 
$
72,808



58

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

5. Earnings per Share
The calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 are presented below. The sum of earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Numerator:
 

 
 

 
 

Net income from continuing operations
$
199,978

 
$
221,362

 
$
75,769

Income from discontinued operations
23,687

 
39,978

 
17,036

Net income (numerator for diluted EPS)
223,665

 
261,340

 
92,805

Less: Preference stock dividend
32

 
36

 
38

Income attributable to common stockholders (numerator for basic EPS)
$
223,633

 
$
261,304

 
$
92,767

Denominator:
 

 
 

 
 

Weighted-average shares used in basic EPS
187,277

 
186,332

 
187,945

Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents
1,105

 
1,103

 
1,030

Weighted-average shares used in diluted EPS
188,382

 
187,435

 
188,975

Basic earnings per share:
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
$
1.07

 
$
1.19

 
$
0.40

Discontinued operations
0.13

 
0.21

 
0.09

Net income attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
1.19

 
$
1.40

 
$
0.49

Diluted earnings per share:
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
$
1.06

 
$
1.18

 
$
0.40

Discontinued operations
0.13

 
0.21

 
0.09

Net income attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
1.19

 
$
1.39

 
$
0.49

 
 
 
 
 
 
Anti-dilutive options excluded from diluted earnings per share:
12,089

 
10,267

 
8,126



6. Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for most U.S. inventories and the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for most non-U.S. inventories. Inventories at December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Raw materials
$
8,231

 
$
11,767

Supplies and service parts
21,841

 
21,475

Finished products
14,897

 
13,261

    Inventory at FIFO cost, net
44,969

 
46,503

Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO cost
(3,005
)
 
(5,734
)
    Total inventory, net
$
41,964

 
$
40,769



59

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Finance Assets
Finance Receivables
Finance receivables are comprised of sales-type lease receivables and unsecured revolving loan receivables. Sales-type lease receivables are generally due in monthly, quarterly or semi-annual installments over periods ranging from three to five years. Loan receivables arise primarily from financing services offered to our clients for postage and supplies. Loan receivables are generally due each month; however, customers may rollover outstanding balances. Interest on loan receivables is recognized using the effective interest method. Annual fees are initially deferred and recognized ratably over the annual period covered. Customer acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.
Finance receivables at December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
North America
 
International
 
Total
 
North America
 
International
 
Total
Sales-type lease receivables
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross finance receivables
$
1,004,491

 
$
268,199

 
$
1,272,690

 
$
1,023,549

 
$
292,059

 
$
1,315,608

Unguaranteed residual values
53,793

 
12,772

 
66,565

 
74,093

 
14,202

 
88,295

Unearned income
(211,683
)
 
(55,113
)
 
(266,796
)
 
(216,720
)
 
(62,325
)
 
(279,045
)
Allowance for credit losses
(10,253
)
 
(2,355
)
 
(12,608
)
 
(7,721
)
 
(2,794
)
 
(10,515
)
Net investment in sales-type lease receivables
836,348

 
223,503

 
1,059,851

 
873,201

 
241,142

 
1,114,343

Loan receivables
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Loan receivables
300,319

 
29,270

 
329,589

 
339,373

 
34,492

 
373,865

Allowance for credit losses
(6,777
)
 
(837
)
 
(7,614
)
 
(7,098
)
 
(1,020
)
 
(8,118
)
Net investment in loan receivables
293,542

 
28,433

 
321,975

 
332,275

 
33,472

 
365,747

Net investment in finance receivables
$
1,129,890

 
$
251,936

 
$
1,381,826

 
$
1,205,476

 
$
274,614

 
$
1,480,090


Loans receivable are due within one year. Maturities of gross sales-type lease finance receivables at December 31, 2018 were as follows:
 
Sales-type Lease Receivables
 
North America
 
International
 
Total
2019
$
469,288

 
$
108,481

 
$
577,769

2020
254,781

 
74,469

 
329,250

2021
163,481

 
48,136

 
211,617

2022
87,674

 
26,968

 
114,642

2023
29,086

 
9,143

 
38,229

Thereafter
181

 
1,002

 
1,183

Total
$
1,004,491

 
$
268,199

 
$
1,272,690


60

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Allowance for Credit Losses
Activity in the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 was as follows:
 
Sales-type Lease Receivables
 
Loan Receivables
 
 
 
North
America
 
International
 
North
America
 
International
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
6,606

 
$
3,542

 
$
10,024

 
$
1,518

 
$
21,690

Amounts charged to expense
5,136

 
1,161

 
6,238

 
836

 
13,371

Accounts written off
(3,495
)
 
(2,056
)
 
(7,745
)
 
(1,265
)
 
(14,561
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
8,247

 
2,647

 
8,517

 
1,089

 
20,500

Amounts charged to expense
7,544

 
1,280

 
6,273

 
510

 
15,607

Accounts written off
(8,070
)
 
(1,133
)
 
(7,692
)
 
(579
)
 
(17,474
)
Balance at December 31, 2017
7,721

 
2,794

 
7,098

 
1,020

 
18,633

Amounts charged to expense
7,928

 
1,315

 
6,825

 
532

 
16,600

Accounts written off
(5,396
)
 
(1,754
)
 
(7,146
)
 
(715
)
 
(15,011
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
$
10,253

 
$
2,355

 
$
6,777

 
$
837

 
$
20,222


Aging of Receivables
The aging of finance receivables at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was as follows:
 
Sales-type Lease Receivables
 
Loan Receivables
 
 
 
North
America
 
International
 
North
America
 
International
 
Total
December 31, 2018
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

1 - 90 days
$
966,868

 
$
263,954

 
$
294,126

 
$
29,079

 
$
1,554,027

> 90 days
37,623

 
4,245

 
6,193

 
191

 
48,252

Total
$
1,004,491

 
$
268,199

 
$
300,319

 
$
29,270

 
$
1,602,279

Past due amounts > 90 days
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Still accruing interest
$
7,159

 
$
1,202

 
$
1,769

 
$
72

 
$
10,202

Not accruing interest
30,464

 
3,043

 
4,424

 
119

 
38,050

Total
$
37,623

 
$
4,245

 
$
6,193

 
$
191

 
$
48,252

 
Sales-type Lease Receivables
 
Loan Receivables
 
 
 
North
America
 
International
 
North
America
 
International
 
Total
December 31, 2017
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

1 - 90 days
$
971,002

 
$
286,170

 
$
330,503

 
$
34,239

 
$
1,621,914

> 90 days
52,547

 
5,889

 
8,870

 
253

 
67,559

Total
$
1,023,549

 
$
292,059

 
$
339,373

 
$
34,492

 
$
1,689,473

Past due amounts > 90 days
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Still accruing interest
$
10,807

 
$
1,738

 
$

 
$

 
$
12,545

Not accruing interest
41,740

 
4,151

 
8,870

 
253

 
55,014

Total
$
52,547

 
$
5,889

 
$
8,870

 
$
253

 
$
67,559

Credit Quality
The extension of credit lines to new and existing clients uses a combination of an automated credit score, where available, and a detailed manual review of the client's financial condition and, when applicable, payment history. Once credit is granted, the payment performance of the client is managed through automated collections processes and is supplemented with direct follow up should an account become delinquent. We have robust automated collections and extensive portfolio management processes. The portfolio

61

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

management processes ensure that our global strategy is executed, collection resources are allocated appropriately and enhanced tools and processes are implemented as needed.
We use a third party to score the majority of the North America portfolio on a quarterly basis using a commercial credit score. We do not use a third party to score our International portfolio because the cost to do so is prohibitive, given that it is a localized process and there is no single credit score model that covers all countries.
The table below shows the North America portfolio at December 31, 2018 and 2017 by relative risk class (low, medium, high) based on the relative scores of the accounts within each class. The relative scores are determined based on a number of factors, including the company type, ownership structure, payment history and financial information. Some accounts are not scored; however, absence of a score is not indicative of the credit quality of the account. The degree of risk, as defined by the third party, refers to the relative risk that an account may become delinquent in the next 12 month period.
Low risk accounts are companies with very good credit scores and are considered to approximate the top 30% of all commercial borrowers.
Medium risk accounts are companies with average to good credit scores and are considered to approximate the middle 40% of all commercial borrowers.
High risk accounts are companies with poor credit scores, are delinquent or are at risk of becoming delinquent and are considered to approximate the bottom 30% of all commercial borrowers.
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Sales-type lease receivables
 

 
 

Low
$
834,230

 
$
819,776

Medium
118,945

 
148,000

High
19,981

 
21,728

Not Scored
31,335

 
34,045

Total
$
1,004,491

 
$
1,023,549

Loan receivables
 

 
 

Low
$
238,620

 
$
262,646

Medium
43,952

 
56,744

High
5,947

 
6,791

Not Scored
11,800

 
13,192

Total
$
300,319

 
$
339,373

 
 
 
 

62

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Fixed Assets
Fixed assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Land
$
9,333

 
$
9,333

Buildings and improvements
198,025

 
206,752

Capitalized software
283,446

 
224,754

Machinery and equipment
718,557

 
688,725

 
1,209,361

 
1,129,564

Accumulated depreciation
(799,247
)
 
(756,061
)
Property, plant and equipment, net
$
410,114

 
$
373,503

 
 
 
 
Rental property and equipment
$
371,908

 
$
386,039

Accumulated depreciation
(193,809
)
 
(202,083
)
Rental property and equipment, net
$
178,099

 
$
183,956

Depreciation expense was $159 million , $146 million and $134 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.
9. Acquisitions, Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Acquisitions
In October 2017, we acquired Newgistics for $471 million , net of cash acquired. The results of Newgistics are included in our consolidated operating results from the date of acquisition. Our consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes $140 million from Newgistics. On a pro forma basis, had we acquired Newgistics on January 1, 2016, revenue would have been $341 million and $481 million higher for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The impact on earnings would not have been material.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
Customer relationships
$
480,837

 
$
(281,190
)
 
$
199,647

 
$
504,716

 
$
(271,066
)
 
$
233,650

Software & technology
165,088

 
(143,877
)
 
21,211

 
167,122

 
(138,724
)
 
28,398

Trademarks & other
40,170

 
(33,891
)
 
6,279

 
40,649

 
(30,511
)
 
10,138

Total intangible assets, net
$
686,095

 
$
(458,958
)
 
$
227,137

 
$
712,487

 
$
(440,301
)
 
$
272,186


Amortization expense was $44 million , $34 million and $40 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. The future amortization expense for intangible assets at December 31, 2018 is as follows:
Year ended December 31,
 
2019
$
40,059

2020
35,001

2021
30,479

2022
29,245

2023
26,100

Thereafter
66,253

Total
$
227,137


63

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Actual amortization expense may differ from the amounts above due to, among other things, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, acquisitions, divestitures and impairment charges.

Goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reporting segment, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are shown in the tables below.
 
Goodwill before accumulated impairment
 
Accumulated impairment
 
December 31, 2017
 
Acquisitions
 
Other (1)
 
December 31, 2018
Global Ecommerce
$
602,461

 
$

 
$
602,461

 
$
7,623

 
$
(653
)
 
$
609,431

Presort Services
204,781

 

 
204,781

 
2,684

 

 
207,465

Commerce Services
807,242

 

 
807,242

 
10,307

 
(653
)
 
816,896

North America Mailing
368,905

 

 
368,905

 

 
(657
)
 
368,248

International Mailing
158,203

 

 
158,203

 

 
(10,996
)
 
147,207

SMB Solutions
527,108

 

 
527,108

 

 
(11,653
)
 
515,455

Software Solutions
588,476

 
(148,181
)

440,295

 

 
(6,135
)
 
434,160

Total goodwill
$
1,922,826

 
$
(148,181
)
 
$
1,774,645

 
$
10,307

 
$
(18,441
)
 
$
1,766,511


 
Goodwill before accumulated impairment
 
Accumulated impairment
 
December 31, 2016
 
Acquisitions
 
Other (1)
 
December 31, 2017
Global Ecommerce
$
272,189

 
$

 
$
272,189

 
$
330,272

 
$

 
$
602,461

Presort Services
196,890

 

 
196,890

 
7,891

 

 
204,781

Commerce Services
469,079

 

 
469,079

 
338,163

 

 
807,242

North America Mailing
354,000

 

 
354,000

 

 
14,905

 
368,905

International Mailing
145,566

 

 
145,566

 

 
12,637

 
158,203

SMB Solutions
499,566

 

 
499,566

 

 
27,542

 
527,108

Software Solutions
579,462

 
(148,181
)
 
431,281

 

 
9,014

 
440,295

Total goodwill
$
1,548,107

 
$
(148,181
)
 
$
1,399,926

 
$
338,163

 
$
36,556

 
$
1,774,645


(1)
Primarily represents foreign currency translation adjustments.

10. Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments
We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. An entity is required to classify certain assets and liabilities measured at fair value based on the following fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:
Level 1
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
Level 2
Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3
Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and may be derived from internally developed methodologies based on management's best estimates.
Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect its placement within the fair value hierarchy. The following tables show, by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 and 2017 .

64

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
December 31, 2018
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Money market funds / commercial paper
$
220,756

 
$
391,891

 
$

 
$
612,647

Equity securities

 
19,133

 

 
19,133

Commingled fixed income securities
1,570

 
20,141

 

 
21,711

Government and related securities
98,790

 
9,787

 

 
108,577

Corporate debt securities

 
56,938

 

 
56,938

Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

 
98,334

 

 
98,334

Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 

 


Foreign exchange contracts

 
2,031

 

 
2,031

Total assets
$
321,116

 
$
598,255

 
$

 
$
919,371

Liabilities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Derivatives
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Foreign exchange contracts
$

 
$
(735
)
 
$

 
$
(735
)
Total liabilities
$

 
$
(735
)
 
$

 
$
(735
)

 
December 31, 2017
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Money market funds / commercial paper
$
143,349

 
$
542,568

 
$

 
$
685,917

Equity securities

 
40,717

 

 
40,717

Commingled fixed income securities
1,569

 
4,516

 

 
6,085

Government and related securities
116,041

 
18,587

 

 
134,628

Corporate debt securities

 
75,109

 

 
75,109

Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

 
158,202

 

 
158,202

Derivatives
 

 
 

 
 

 


Interest rate swap

 
1,776

 

 
1,776

Foreign exchange contracts

 
122

 

 
122

Total assets
$
260,959

 
$
841,597

 
$

 
$
1,102,556

Liabilities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Derivatives
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Foreign exchange contracts
$

 
$
(335
)
 
$

 
$
(335
)
Total liabilities
$

 
$
(335
)
 
$

 
$
(335
)

65

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Investment Securities
The valuation of investment securities is based on the market approach using inputs that are observable, or can be corroborated by observable data, in an active marketplace. The following information relates to our classification into the fair value hierarchy:
Money Market Funds / Commercial Paper: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other highly liquid, low risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits and are classified as Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are available and as Level 2 when they are not actively traded on an exchange. Direct investments in commercial paper are not listed on an exchange in an active market and are classified as Level 2.
Equity Securities: Comprised of mutual funds investing in U.S. and foreign stocks. These mutual funds are classified as Level 2.
Commingled Fixed Income Securities: Comprised of mutual funds that invest in a variety of fixed income securities including securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, corporate debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. Fair value is based on the value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding, as reported by the fund manager. These mutual funds are classified as Level 2.
Government and related securities: Debt securities are classified as Level 1 where active, high volume trades for identical securities exist. Valuation adjustments are not applied to these securities. Debt securities valued using quoted market prices for similar securities or pricing models based on quoted market prices and trade data for comparable securities are classified as Level 2.
Corporate Debt Securities: Corporate debt securities are valued using recently executed transactions, market price quotations where observable, or bond spreads and are classified as Level 2. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the security.
Mortgage-Backed Securities / Asset-Backed Securities: These securities are valued based on external pricing indices or on external price/spread data when external index pricing is not observable. These securities are classified as Level 2.

Available-For-Sale Securities
Available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , consisted of the following:
 
December 31, 2018
 
Amortized cost
 
Gross unrealized gains
 
Gross unrealized losses
 
Estimated fair value
Government and related securities
$
109,776

 
$
47

 
$
(1,336
)
 
$
108,487

Corporate debt securities
58,714

 
4

 
(1,780
)
 
56,938

Commingled fixed income securities
1,637

 

 
(67
)
 
1,570

Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities
100,186

 
167

 
(2,019
)
 
98,334

Total
$
270,313

 
$
218

 
$
(5,202
)
 
$
265,329

 
December 31, 2017
 
Amortized cost
 
Gross unrealized gains
 
Gross unrealized losses
 
Estimated fair value
Government and related securities
$
131,872

 
$
1,984

 
$
(1,090
)
 
$
132,766

Corporate debt securities
73,612

 
1,724

 
(227
)
 
75,109

Commingled fixed income securities
1,796

 

 
(40
)
 
1,756

Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities
158,496

 
1,348

 
(1,642
)
 
158,202

Total
$
365,776

 
$
5,056

 
$
(2,999
)
 
$
367,833









66

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Investment securities in a loss position at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
Fair Value
 
Gross unrealized losses
 
Fair Value
 
Gross unrealized losses
Greater than 12 continuous months
$
177,331

 
$
4,355

 
$
115,815

 
$
2,290

Less than 12 continuous months
48,318

 
847

 
90,838

 
709

Total
$
225,649

 
$
5,202

 
$
206,653

 
$
2,999

We have not recognized an other-than-temporary impairment on any of the investment securities in an unrealized loss position because we have the ability and intent to hold these securities until recovery of the unrealized losses and expect to receive the stated principal and interest at maturity.

At December 31, 2018 , scheduled maturities of available-for-sale securities were as follows:
 
Amortized cost
 
Estimated fair value
Within 1 year
$
49,531

 
$
49,286

After 1 year through 5 years
107,848

 
106,586

After 5 years through 10 years
35,531

 
34,627

After 10 years
77,403

 
74,830

Total
$
270,313

 
$
265,329

The actual maturities may not coincide with scheduled maturities as certain securities contain early redemption features and/or allow for the prepayment of obligations with or without penalty.

Derivative Instruments
Foreign Exchange Contracts
We enter into foreign exchange contracts to mitigate the currency risk associated with anticipated inventory purchases between affiliates and from third parties. These contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on cash flow hedges is included in AOCI in the period that the change in fair value occurs and is reclassified to earnings in the period that the hedged item is recorded in earnings. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , outstanding contracts associated with these anticipated transactions had a notional amount of $8 million and $10 million , respectively. The valuation of foreign exchange derivatives is based on a market approach using observable market inputs, such as foreign currency spot and forward rates and yield curves.

Interest Rate Swaps
We had an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $300 million to mitigate the interest rate risk associated with $300 million of variable-rate term loans. This swap matured in September 2018. While outstanding, the swap was designated as a cash flow hedge and the effective portion of the gain or loss on the cash flow hedge was included in AOCI in the period that the change in fair value occurred and reclassified to earnings in the period that the hedged item was recorded in earnings.

67

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The fair value of our derivative instruments at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was as follows:
 
 
 
 
December 31,
Designation of Derivatives
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
2018
 
2017
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 

 
 

Foreign exchange contracts
 
Other current assets and prepayments
 
$
61

 
$
57

 
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
 
(104
)
 
(144
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap
 
Other non-current assets
 

 
1,776

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
 
 
 

 
 

Foreign exchange contracts
 
Other current assets and prepayments
 
1,970

 
65

 
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
 
(631
)
 
(191
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total derivative assets
 
2,031

 
1,898

 
 
Total derivative liabilities
 
(735
)
 
(335
)
 
 
Total net derivative asset
 
$
1,296

 
$
1,563


The amounts included in AOCI at December 31, 2018 will be recognized in earnings within the next 12 months. No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings for these designated cash flow hedges.

The following represents the results of cash flow hedging relationships for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 :
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in AOCI
(Effective Portion)
 
Location of Gain (Loss)
(Effective Portion)
 
Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI to Earnings
(Effective Portion)
Derivative Instrument
 
2018
 
2017
 
 
2018
 
2017
Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
106

 
$
(650
)
 
Revenue
 
$
11

 
$
(179
)
 
 
 

 
 

 
Cost of sales
 
51

 
(32
)
Interest rate swap
 
$
(1,776
)
 
$
1,776

 
Interest Expense
 

 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
$
62

 
$
(211
)
We also enter into foreign exchange contracts to minimize the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on short-term intercompany loans and related interest that are denominated in a foreign currency. The revaluation of the intercompany loans and interest and the mark-to-market adjustment on the derivatives are both recorded in earnings. All outstanding contracts at December 31, 2018 mature over the next three months.

The following represents the results of our non-designated derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 :
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Earnings
Derivatives Instrument
 
Location of Derivative Gain (Loss)
 
2018
 
2017
Foreign exchange contracts
 
Selling, general and administrative expense
 
$
(33,453
)
 
$
(2,203
)

Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features
Certain derivative instruments contain credit-risk-related contingent features that would require us to post collateral based on a combination of our long-term senior unsecured debt ratings and the net fair value of our derivatives. At December 31, 2018 , we were not required to post any collateral.




68

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, investment securities, accounts receivable, loan receivables, derivative instruments, accounts payable and debt. The carrying value for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loans receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value. The fair value of our debt is estimated based on recently executed transactions and market price quotations. The inputs used to determine the fair value of our debt were classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The carrying value and estimated fair value of our debt at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Carrying value
$
3,265,608

 
$
3,830,335

Fair value
$
3,003,678

 
$
3,718,986


11. Supplemental Balance Sheet Information
The following table shows selected balance sheet information at December 31, 2018 and 2017 :
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Other assets:
 
 
 
Long-term investments
$
311,417

 
$
435,612

Deferred marketing costs

 
35,668

Contract assets and cost to obtain a contract
42,287

 

Other
59,535

 
69,471

Total
$
413,239

 
$
540,751

 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
285,592

 
$
284,857

Customer deposits
700,397

 
693,005

Employee related liabilities
230,044

 
251,545

Other
185,602

 
229,447

Total
$
1,401,635

 
$
1,458,854


12. Restructuring Charges and Asset Impairments
The table below shows the activity in our restructuring reserves for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 :
 
Severance and benefits costs
 
Other exit
costs
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
28,234

 
$
281

 
$
28,515

Expenses, net
50,114

 
2,545

 
52,659

Cash payments
(36,197
)
 
(1,257
)
 
(37,454
)
Balance at December 31, 2017
42,151

 
1,569

 
43,720

Expenses, net
19,130

 
6,507

 
25,637

Cash payments
(47,640
)
 
(5,334
)
 
(52,974
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
$
13,641

 
$
2,742

 
$
16,383

The majority of the remaining restructuring reserves are expected to be paid over the next 12 - 24 months . Due to certain international labor laws and long-term lease agreements, some payments will extend beyond 24 months . We expect to fund these payments from cash flows from operations.


69

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Asset impairment
Asset impairment charges were $2 million , $4 million , and $15 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

13. Debt
 
 
 
December 31,
 
Interest rate
 
2018
 
2017
Notes due March 2018
5.60%
 
$

 
$
250,000

Notes due March 2019
6.25%
 

 
300,000

Notes due September 2020
3.875%
 
300,000

 
300,000

Notes due October 2021
3.875%
 
600,000

 
600,000

Notes due May 2022
4.375%
 
400,000

 
400,000

Notes due April 2023
4.95%
 
400,000

 
400,000

Notes due March 2024
4.625%
 
500,000

 
500,000

Notes due January 2037
5.25%
 
35,841

 
35,841

Notes due March 2043
6.70%
 
425,000

 
425,000

Term loans
Variable
 
630,000

 
650,000

Other debt
 
 
5,297

 
5,476

Principal amount
 
 
3,296,138

 
3,866,317

Less: unamortized costs, net
 
 
30,530

 
35,982

Total debt
 
 
3,265,608

 
3,830,335

Less: current portion long-term debt
 
 
199,535

 
271,057

Long-term debt
 
 
$
3,066,073

 
$
3,559,278


In 2018, Standard & Poor's lowered our corporate credit rating from BBB- to BB+ and as a result, the interest rate on certain notes and term loans increased 0.25% .
During 2018, we repaid the $250 million , 5.6% notes that matured in March 2018 and $20 million of principal on our term loans. We also redeemed the $300 million , 6.25% notes due March 2019 and recorded an $8 million loss on the early redemption. In 2017, we recorded a loss of $4 million on the early redemption of debt. Pursuant to an extension option, we extended the maturity of a $150 million term loan to August 2019.
Annual maturities of outstanding debt at December 31, 2018 are as follows:
2019
$
200,194

2020
730,103

2021
600,000

2022
400,000

2023
400,000

Thereafter
965,841

Total
$
3,296,138


70

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Retirement Plans and Postretirement Medical Benefits
We provide certain retirement benefits to our U.S. employees hired prior to January 1, 2005 and to eligible employees outside the U.S. under various defined benefit retirement plans. Benefit accruals under most of our significant defined benefit plans have been frozen.
We also provide certain employer subsidized health care and employer provided life insurance benefits in the U.S. and Canada to eligible retirees and their dependents. Employees hired before January 1, 2005 in the U.S. and April 1, 2005 in Canada become eligible for retiree medical benefits after reaching age 55 and with the completion of the required service period. The cost of these benefits is recognized over the period the employee provides credited service to the company.

Retirement Plans
The benefit obligations and funded status of defined benefit pension plans are as follows:
 
United States
 
Foreign
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Accumulated benefit obligation
$
1,500,691

 
$
1,726,824

 
$
659,628

 
$
737,580

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation - beginning of year
$
1,727,737

 
$
1,678,097

 
$
751,373

 
$
688,172

Service cost
92

 
132

 
2,159

 
2,274

Interest cost
61,490

 
68,611

 
18,089

 
18,836

Plan participants' contributions

 

 
7

 
6

Actuarial (gain) loss
(124,298
)
 
92,789

 
(41,995
)
 
2,098

Foreign currency changes

 

 
(40,559
)
 
64,236

Plan amendments

 

 
9,009

 

Settlement / curtailment
(82,273
)
 

 
(6,703
)
 

Benefits paid
(81,608
)
 
(111,892
)
 
(28,736
)
 
(24,249
)
Benefit obligation - end of year
$
1,501,140

 
$
1,727,737

 
$
662,644

 
$
751,373

Fair value of plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets - beginning of year
$
1,557,907

 
$
1,464,082

 
$
632,710

 
$
547,290

Actual return on plan assets
(73,745
)
 
199,749

 
(17,043
)
 
46,542

Company contributions
6,753

 
5,968

 
10,939

 
13,081

Plan participants' contributions

 

 
7

 
6

Settlement
(82,273
)
 

 

 

Foreign currency changes

 

 
(35,360
)
 
50,040

Benefits paid
(81,608
)
 
(111,892
)
 
(28,736
)
 
(24,249
)
Fair value of plan assets - end of year
$
1,327,034

 
$
1,557,907

 
$
562,517

 
$
632,710

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noncurrent asset
$
277

 
$
392

 
$
14,225

 
$
19,139

Current liability
(10,975
)
 
(8,362
)
 
(1,197
)
 
(1,188
)
Noncurrent liability
(163,408
)
 
(161,860
)
 
(113,155
)
 
(136,614
)
Funded status
$
(174,106
)
 
$
(169,830
)
 
$
(100,127
)
 
$
(118,663
)

71

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)


Information provided in the table below is only for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 :
 
United States
 
Foreign
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Projected benefit obligation
$
1,500,680

 
$
1,727,292

 
$
540,798

 
$
614,371

Accumulated benefit obligation
$
1,500,231

 
$
1,726,378

 
$
538,666

 
$
601,412

Fair value of plan assets
$
1,326,296

 
$
1,557,069

 
$
426,446

 
$
476,825

Pretax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
Foreign
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Net actuarial loss
$
809,836

 
$
835,265

 
$
318,474

 
$
321,914

Prior service credit
(330
)
 
(391
)
 
8,496

 
(597
)
Transition asset

 

 
(17
)
 
(24
)
Total
$
809,506

 
$
834,874

 
$
326,953

 
$
321,293


The components of net periodic benefit cost (income) for defined benefit pension plans were as follows:
 
United States
 
Foreign
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Service cost
$
92

 
$
132

 
$
105

 
$
2,159

 
$
2,274

 
$
2,148

Interest cost
61,490

 
68,611

 
73,699

 
18,089

 
18,836

 
21,886

Expected return on plan assets
(101,087
)
 
(97,656
)
 
(101,918
)
 
(35,687
)
 
(32,242
)
 
(32,615
)
Amortization of net transition asset

 

 

 
(7
)
 
(8
)
 
(8
)
Amortization of prior service credit
(60
)
 
(60
)
 
(60
)
 
(71
)
 
(71
)
 
(73
)
Amortization of net actuarial loss
31,298

 
28,954

 
27,220

 
7,264

 
8,052

 
5,264

Special termination benefits

 

 

 
208

 

 
52

Settlement/Curtailment
44,665

 

 
2,109

 
(13
)
 

 
110

Net periodic benefit cost (income)
$
36,398

 
$
(19
)
 
$
1,155

 
$
(8,058
)
 
$
(3,159
)
 
$
(3,236
)

In connection with the disposition of the Production Mail Business and certain other actions, a pre-tax, non-cash pension settlement charge of $45 million for the U.S. pension plans was incurred in 2018. We recognized $32 million of this charge in other components of net pension and postretirement cost and the remaining $13 million in income from discontinued operations, net of tax.

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations for defined benefit pension plans recognized in other comprehensive income were as follows:
 
United States
 
Foreign
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Net actuarial loss (gain)
$
50,534

 
$
(9,304
)
 
$
3,824

 
$
(12,202
)
Plan amendment

 

 
9,009

 

Amortization of net actuarial loss
(31,298
)
 
(28,954
)
 
(7,264
)
 
(8,052
)
Amortization of prior service credit
60

 
60

 
71

 
71

Net transition asset

 

 
7

 
8

Settlement/Curtailment
(44,665
)
 

 
13

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income
$
(25,369
)
 
$
(38,198
)
 
$
5,660

 
$
(20,175
)


72

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine end of year benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost for defined benefit pension plans include:
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
United States
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Used to determine benefit obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Discount rate
4.34%
 
3.69%
 
4.20%
     Rate of compensation increase
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Used to determine net periodic benefit cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Discount rate
3.69%
 
4.20%
 
4.55%
     Expected return on plan assets
7.00%
 
6.75%
 
7.00%
     Rate of compensation increase
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Used to determine benefit obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Discount rate
0.75
%
-
3.55%
 
0.65
%
-
3.35%
 
0.70
%
-
3.65%
     Rate of compensation increase
1.50
%
-
2.50%
 
1.50
%
-
2.50%
 
1.50
%
-
2.50%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Used to determine net periodic benefit cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Discount rate
0.65
%
-
3.35%
 
0.70
%
-
3.65%
 
1.15
%
-
3.95%
     Expected return on plan assets
3.75
%
-
6.25%
 
3.75
%
-
6.25%
 
3.75
%
-
6.51%
     Rate of compensation increase
1.50
%
-
3.25%
 
1.50
%
-
3.30%
 
1.50
%
-
3.50%

A discount rate is used to determine the present value of our future benefit obligations. The discount rate for our U.S. pension and postretirement medical benefit plans is determined by matching the expected cash flows associated with our benefit obligations to a pool of corporate long-term, high-quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date. The discount rate for our largest foreign plan, the U.K. Qualified Pension Plan (the U.K. Plan), is determined by using a model that discounts each year's estimated benefit payments by an applicable spot rate derived from a yield curve created from a large number of high quality corporate bonds. For our other smaller foreign pension plans, the discount rate is selected based on high-quality fixed income indices available in the country in which the plan is domiciled.
The expected return on plan assets is based on historical and expected rates of return for current and planned asset classes in the plans' investment portfolio after analyzing historical experience and future expectations of the returns and volatility of the various asset classes. The overall expected rate of return for the portfolio is based on the target asset allocation of our global pension plans, adjusted for historical and expected experience of active portfolio management results, when compared to the benchmark returns.
During 2019 , we estimate making contributions of $11 million to our U.S. pension plans and $11 million to our foreign pension plans.

Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation - U.S. Pension Plans
The investment strategy of our U.S. pension plans is to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent levels of risk, to achieve and maintain full funding of the accumulated benefit obligation and the actuarial liabilities and to earn a nominal rate of return of at least 6.75% . The fund has established a strategic asset allocation policy to achieve these objectives. Investments are diversified across asset classes and within each class to reduce the risk of large losses and are periodically rebalanced. Derivatives, such as swaps, options, forwards and futures contracts may be used for market exposure, to alter risk/return characteristics and to manage foreign currency exposure. We do not have any significant concentrations of credit risk within the plan assets. Investment objectives and investment managers are reviewed periodically.

73

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Target and actual allocations for 2019 , 2018 and 2017 for the U.S. pension plans were as follows:
 
Target allocation
 
Percent of Plan Assets at December 31,
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
Asset category
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. equities
14
%
 
13
%
 
15
%
Non-U.S. equities
13
%
 
13
%
 
15
%
Fixed income
63
%
 
64
%
 
62
%
Real estate
5
%
 
7
%
 
6
%
Private equity
5
%
 
3
%
 
2
%
Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%

Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation - Foreign Pension Plans
Our foreign pension plan assets are managed by outside investment managers and monitored regularly by local trustees and our corporate personnel. Investment strategies vary by country and plan, with each strategy tailored to achieve the expected rate of return within an acceptable or appropriate level of risk, depending upon the liability profile of plan participants, local funding requirements, investment markets and restrictions. The U.K. Plan represents 76% of the total foreign pension assets. The U.K. pension plan's investment strategy is to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent levels of risk, to achieve and maintain full funding of the accumulated benefit obligation and the actuarial liabilities and to earn a nominal rate of return of at least 6.25% . The fund has established a strategic asset allocation policy to achieve these objectives. Investments are diversified across asset classes and within each class to minimize the risk of large losses and are periodically rebalanced. Derivatives, such as swaps, options, forwards and futures contracts may be used for market exposure, to alter risk/return characteristics and to manage currency exposure. We do not have any significant concentrations of credit risk within the plan assets. Investment objectives and investment managers are reviewed periodically.

Target and actual asset allocations for the U.K. Plan for 2019 , 2018 and 2017 were as follows:
 
Target Allocation
 
Percent of Plan Assets at December 31,
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
Asset category
 
 
 
 
 
U.K. equities
10
%
 
9
%
 
10
%
Non-U.K. equities
30
%
 
29
%
 
29
%
Fixed income
40
%
 
41
%
 
41
%
Real estate
10
%
 
10
%
 
9
%
Diversified growth
10
%
 
10
%
 
9
%
Cash
%
 
1
%
 
2
%
Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%

The target asset allocation used to manage the investment portfolios is based on the broad asset categories shown above. The plan asset categories presented in the fair value hierarchy are subsets of the broad asset categories.

The fair value of the U.K. plan assets was $426 million and $477 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively, and the expected long-term weighted average rate of return on these plan assets was 6.25% in both 2018 and 2017 .

74

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets
The following tables show the U.S. and foreign pension plans' assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 :
United States Pension Plans
 
December 31, 2018
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Money market funds
$
3,498

 
$
5,759

 
$

 
$
9,257

Equity securities
110,840

 
109,864

 

 
220,704

Commingled fixed income securities

 
281,258

 

 
281,258

Government and related securities
258,535

 
16,144

 

 
274,679

Corporate debt securities

 
435,285

 

 
435,285

Mortgage-backed securities /asset-backed securities

 
23,474

 

 
23,474

Private equity

 

 
32,750

 
32,750

Real estate

 

 
96,877

 
96,877

Securities lending collateral

 
117,603

 

 
117,603

Total plan assets at fair value
$
372,873

 
$
989,387

 
$
129,627

 
$
1,491,887

Securities lending payable
 
 
 
 
 
 
(117,603
)
Cash
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,341

Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
(58,591
)
Fair value of plan assets

 


 


 
$
1,327,034


 
December 31, 2017
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Money market funds
$
8,810

 
$
9,350

 
$

 
$
18,160

Equity securities
152,815

 
150,043

 

 
302,858

Commingled fixed income securities

 
377,078

 

 
377,078

Government and related securities
295,404

 
20,473

 

 
315,877

Corporate debt securities

 
418,908

 

 
418,908

Mortgage-backed securities /asset-backed securities

 
19,223

 

 
19,223

Private equity

 

 
38,362

 
38,362

Real estate

 

 
91,352

 
91,352

Securities lending collateral

 
152,179

 

 
152,179

Total plan assets at fair value
$
457,029

 
$
1,147,254

 
$
129,714

 
$
1,733,997

Securities lending payable
 
 
 
 
 
 
(152,179
)
Cash
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,186

Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
(29,097
)
Fair value of plan assets

 


 


 
$
1,557,907













75

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)


Foreign Plans
 
December 31, 2018
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Money market funds
$

 
$
11,172

 
$

 
$
11,172

Equity securities

 
194,914

 

 
194,914

Commingled fixed income securities

 
198,902

 

 
198,902

Government and related securities

 
40,055

 

 
40,055

Corporate debt securities

 
29,996

 

 
29,996

Real estate

 

 
42,143

 
42,143

Diversified growth funds

 

 
40,766

 
40,766

Total plan assets at fair value
$

 
$
475,039

 
$
82,909

 
$
557,948

Cash
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,903

Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
666

Fair value of plan assets

 


 


 
$
562,517


 
December 31, 2017
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Money market funds
$

 
$
13,375

 
$

 
$
13,375

Equity securities

 
226,032

 

 
226,032

Commingled fixed income securities

 
213,844

 

 
213,844

Government and related securities

 
66,115

 

 
66,115

Corporate debt securities

 
24,889

 

 
24,889

Real estate

 

 
41,601

 
41,601

Diversified growth funds

 

 
44,024

 
44,024

Total plan assets at fair value
$

 
$
544,255

 
$
85,625

 
$
629,880

Cash
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,203

Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
627

Fair value of plan assets

 


 


 
$
632,710


The following information relates to our classification of investments into the fair value hierarchy:
Money Market Funds: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper of companies and other highly liquid, low risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits.
Equity Securities: Equity securities include U.S. and foreign stocks, American Depository Receipts, preferred stock and commingled funds. There are no shares of our common stock included in the plan assets of our pension plans.
Commingled Fixed Income Securities: Mutual funds that invest in fixed income securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, corporate debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. Fair value is based on the market value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding as reported by the fund manager.
Government and Related Securities: Government and related securities include treasury notes and bonds, foreign government issues, U.S. government sponsored agency debt and commingled funds. Municipal debt securities include general obligation securities and revenue-backed securities. Fair value is based on benchmarking model derived prices to quotes market prices and trade data for identical comparable securities.
Corporate Debt Securities : Investments are comprised of both investment grade debt and high-yield debt. The fair value of corporate debt securities is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations where observable, or bond spreads.
Mortgage-Backed Securities / Asset-Backed Securities : Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) are comprised of agency-backed MBS, non-agency MBS, collateralized mortgage obligations, commercial MBS and commingled funds. These securities are valued based

76

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

on external pricing indices- external price/spread data or broker quotes. Asset-backed securities (ABS) are primarily comprised of credit card receivables, auto loan receivables, student loan receivables and Small Business Administration loans.
Private Equity : Investments are comprised of units in fund-of-funds investment vehicles. Fund-of-funds consist of various private equity investments and are used in an effort to gain greater diversification. The investments are valued in accordance with the most appropriate valuation techniques.
Real Estate: Investments include units in open-ended commingled real estate funds. Properties that comprise these funds are valued in accordance with the most appropriate valuation techniques.
Diversified Growth Funds: Investments are comprised of units in commingled diversified growth funds. These investments are valued based on the net asset value (NAV) per unit as reported by the fund manager.
Securities Lending Fund: Investment represents a commingled fund through our custodian's securities lending program. The U.S. pension plan lends securities that are held within the plan to other banks and/or brokers, and receives collateral, typically cash. This collateral is invested in a short-term fixed income securities commingled fund. This amount invested in the fund is offset by a corresponding liability reflected in the U.S. pension plan's net assets available for benefits.

Level 3 Gains and Losses
The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 :
United States Pension Plans
 
MBS & ABS
 
Private equity
 
Real estate
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
1,236

 
$
49,637

 
$
87,852

 
$
138,725

Realized gains
25

 
9,226

 
980

 
10,231

Unrealized gains (losses)
49

 
(2,334
)
 
2,397

 
112

Net purchases, sales and settlements
(1,310
)
 
(18,167
)
 
123

 
(19,354
)
Balance at December 31, 2017

 
38,362

 
91,352

 
129,714

Realized gains

 
8,264

 
1,001

 
9,265

Unrealized (losses) gains

 
(1,409
)
 
4,462

 
3,053

Net purchases, sales and settlements

 
(12,467
)
 
62

 
(12,405
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
$

 
$
32,750

 
$
96,877

 
$
129,627


Foreign Pension Plans
 
Real estate
 
Diversified growth funds
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
34,483

 
$
36,779

 
$
71,262

Unrealized gains
2,159

 
3,551

 
5,710

Net purchases, sales and settlements
1,481

 

 
1,481

Foreign currency
3,478

 
3,694

 
7,172

Balance at December 31, 2017
41,601

 
44,024

 
85,625

Unrealized gains (losses)
1,317

 
(4,948
)
 
(3,631
)
Net purchases, sales and settlements
1,653

 
4,090

 
5,743

Foreign currency
(2,428
)
 
(2,400
)
 
(4,828
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
$
42,143

 
$
40,766

 
$
82,909


77

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Nonpension Postretirement Benefits
The benefit obligation and funded status for nonpension postretirement benefit plans are as follows:
 
2018
 
2017
Benefit obligation
 
 
 
Benefit obligation - beginning of year
$
188,841

 
$
189,772

Service cost
1,405

 
1,727

Interest cost
6,640

 
7,100

Plan participants' contributions
3,200

 
3,820

Actuarial (gain) loss
(11,304
)
 
5,134

Foreign currency changes
(1,178
)
 
1,066

Curtailment
(533
)
 

Benefits paid
(20,596
)
 
(19,778
)
Benefit obligation - end of year (1)
$
166,475

 
$
188,841

Fair value of plan assets
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets - beginning of year
$

 
$

Company contribution
17,396

 
15,958

Plan participants' contributions
3,200

 
3,820

Benefits paid
(20,596
)
 
(19,778
)
Fair value of plan assets - end of year
$

 
$

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
 
Current liability
$
(17,013
)
 
$
(17,712
)
Non-current liability
(149,463
)
 
(171,129
)
Funded status
$
(166,476
)
 
$
(188,841
)
(1)
The benefit obligation for U.S. nonpension postretirement plans was $154 million and $172 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.

Pretax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:
 
2018
 
2017
Net actuarial loss
$
28,368

 
$
43,160

Prior service cost
823

 
1,466

Total
$
29,191

 
$
44,626


The components of net periodic benefit cost for nonpension postretirement benefit plans were as follows:
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Service cost
$
1,405

 
$
1,727

 
$
2,046

Interest cost
6,640

 
7,100

 
7,969

Amortization of prior service cost
304

 
297

 
297

Amortization of net actuarial loss
3,048

 
3,600

 
3,615

Curtailment
246

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost
$
11,643

 
$
12,724

 
$
13,927






78

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligation for nonpension postretirement benefit plans recognized in other comprehensive income were as follows:
 
2018
 
2017
Net actuarial (gain) loss
$
(11,837
)
 
$
5,134

Curtailment
(246
)
 

Amortization of net actuarial loss
(3,048
)
 
(3,600
)
Amortization of prior service cost
(304
)
 
(297
)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
$
(15,435
)
 
$
1,237


The weighted-average discount rates used to determine end of year benefit obligation and net periodic pension cost include:
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
4.20
%
 
3.55
%
 
3.90
%
Canada
3.60
%
 
3.35
%
 
3.65
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate used to determine net period benefit cost
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
3.55
%
 
3.90
%
 
4.20
%
Canada
3.35
%
 
3.65
%
 
3.95
%

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the U.S. plan was 7.0% for 2018 and 7.0% for 2017 . The assumed health care trend rate is 6.5% for 2019 and will gradually decline to 5.0% by the year 2025 and remain at that level thereafter. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid.
 
Pension Benefits
 
Nonpension Benefits
Years ending December 31,
 
 
 
2019
$
137,312

 
$
17,040

2020
131,672

 
16,376

2021
129,641

 
15,783

2022
128,972

 
14,737

2023
128,774

 
13,706

Thereafter
627,369

 
59,518

 
$
1,283,740

 
$
137,160


Savings Plans
We offer voluntary defined contribution plans to our U.S. employees designed to help them accumulate additional savings for retirement. We provide a core contribution to all employees, regardless if they participate in the plan, and match a portion of each participating employees' contribution, based on eligible pay. Total contributions to our defined contribution plans were $31 million in both 2018 and 2017 .


79

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Income Taxes
Income from continuing operations before taxes consisted of the following:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
U.S.
$
114,982

 
$
140,574

 
$
126,856

International
97,379

 
81,341

 
74,933

Total
$
212,361

 
$
221,915

 
$
201,789


The provision for income taxes from continuing operations consisted of the following:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
U.S. Federal:
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
(50,333
)
 
$
31,691

 
$
76,117

Deferred
56,715

 
(49,812
)
 
(1,979
)
 
6,382

 
(18,121
)
 
74,138

U.S. State and Local:
 
 
 
 
 
Current
(10,489
)
 
(2,330
)
 
6,377

Deferred
(911
)
 
15,316

 
4,682

 
(11,400
)
 
12,986

 
11,059

International:
 
 
 
 
 
Current
16,224

 
(3,418
)
 
21,014

Deferred
1,177

 
9,106

 
764

 
17,401

 
5,688

 
21,778

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total current
(44,598
)
 
25,943

 
103,508

Total deferred
56,981

 
(25,390
)
 
3,467

Total provision for income taxes
$
12,383

 
$
553

 
$
106,975

 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective tax rate
5.8
%
 
0.2
%
 
53.0
%

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the Act) was signed into law making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes included, but were not limited to, a federal corporate income tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system by creating a minimum tax on earnings of foreign subsidiaries, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of post-1986 cumulative foreign earnings. As of December 31, 2017, in accordance with the Act, we recorded a net provisional one-time non-cash benefit of $39 million , which was comprised of a provisional $130 million benefit from the remeasurement of net U.S. deferred tax liabilities arising from a lower U.S. tax rate, offset by a provisional $91 million charge related primarily to the U.S. tax on unremitted post-1986 earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118) was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant did not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act. December 22, 2018 marked the end of the measurement period for purposes of SAB 118. As such, we have completed the analysis based on legislative updates relating to the Act currently available which resulted in an adjustment to the provisional tax recorded of $37 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which is comprised of a $13 million benefit related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities and a $24 million decrease in the U.S. tax on unremitted post-1986 earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.
In addition to the adjustment to the provisional tax benefits, the effective tax rate for 2018 includes a benefit of $17 million from the resolution of certain tax examinations. The effective tax rate for 2017 includes provisional tax benefits of $ 39 million from the Act, and tax benefits of $ 30 million from the resolution of certain tax examinations. The effective tax rate for 2016 includes tax benefits of $ 15 million from the resolution of tax examinations, a $ 58 million charge associated with the goodwill impairment charge and a $ 6 million charge for a valuation allowance on tax attribute carryovers.

80

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and our provision for income taxes consist of the following:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Federal statutory provision
$
44,596

 
$
77,671

 
$
70,627

State and local income taxes (1)
1,251

 
5,418

 
7,188

Impact of foreign operations taxed at rates other than the U.S. statutory rate
(1,988
)
 
(15,859
)
 
(9,236
)
Accrual/release of uncertain tax amounts related to foreign operations
(4,595
)
 
(17,919
)
 
(7,482
)
U.S. tax impacts of foreign income in the U.S.
7,683

 
2,778

 
2,929

Tax exempt income/reimbursement

 

 
(935
)
Tax incentives/credits/exempt income
2,026

 
(14,329
)
 
(9,020
)
Goodwill impairments

 

 
50,003

Remeasurement of U.S. deferred taxes
(13,121
)
 
(129,960
)
 

U.S. tax on unremitted earnings
(23,711
)
 
90,916

 

Other, net
242

 
1,837

 
2,901

Provision for income taxes
$
12,383

 
$
553

 
$
106,975

(1) Includes release of tax uncertainties of $(9) million , $(3) million and $(3) million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Depreciation
$
(102,726
)
 
$
(77,415
)
Deferred profit (for tax purposes) on sale to finance subsidiary
(41,951
)
 
(60,340
)
Lease revenue and related depreciation
(166,544
)
 
(133,908
)
Intangible assets
(98,707
)
 
(106,488
)
Other
(33,353
)
 
(22,468
)
Gross deferred tax liabilities
(443,281
)
 
(400,619
)
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Nonpension postretirement benefits
42,422

 
48,387

Pension
60,063

 
66,270

Inventory and equipment capitalization
7,216

 
11,380

Restructuring charges
5,064

 
12,476

Long-term incentives
11,517

 
11,544

Net operating loss
106,029

 
108,006

Tax credit carry forwards
64,148

 
82,285

Tax uncertainties gross-up
6,692

 
9,920

Other
46,885

 
36,936

Gross deferred tax assets
350,036

 
387,204

Less: Valuation allowance
(142,496
)
 
(178,156
)
Net deferred tax assets
207,540

 
209,048

Total deferred taxes, net
$
(235,741
)
 
$
(191,571
)


81

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

A valuation allowance is recognized to reduce the total deferred tax assets to an amount that will more-likely-than-not be realized. The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain foreign, state and local net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that are more-likely-than-not to expire unutilized.
We have net operating loss carryforwards of $258 million as of December 31, 2018 , of which $211 million can be carried forward indefinitely and the remainder expire over the next 15 years. In addition, we have tax credit carryforwards of $64 million , of which $50 million can be carried forward indefinitely and the remainder expire over the next 5 to 15 years.
As of December 31, 2018, we assert that we are no longer permanently reinvested in $724 million of post-1986 earnings generated from non-U.S. subsidiaries, which were subject to the deemed repatriation toll charge under the Act. We continue to be permanently reinvested in our remaining undistributed earnings of $301 million as well as other outside basis differences. While a determination of the full liability that would be incurred if these earnings were repatriated is not practical, we have estimated the withholding taxes would be approximately $13 million .

Uncertain Tax Positions
A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Balance at beginning of year
$
89,767

 
$
124,728

 
$
139,249

Increases from prior period positions
88

 
528

 

Decreases from prior period positions
(15,145
)
 
(31,470
)
 
(21,207
)
Increases from current period positions
6,001

 
5,951

 
10,867

Decreases relating to settlements with tax authorities
(4,844
)
 
(6,953
)
 
(1,791
)
Reductions from lapse of applicable statute of limitations
(4,409
)
 
(3,017
)
 
(2,390
)
Balance at end of year
$
71,458

 
$
89,767

 
$
124,728

The amount of the unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 that would affect the effective tax rate if recognized was $65 million , $74 million and $104 million , respectively.
On a regular basis, we conclude tax return examinations, statutes of limitations expire, and court decisions interpret tax law. We regularly assess tax uncertainties in light of these developments. As a result, it is reasonably possible that the amount of our unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next 12 months, and we expect this change could be up to 30% of our unrecognized tax benefits. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in our provision for income taxes. We recognized interest and penalties of less than $(1) million , $(4) million and less than $1 million related to uncertain tax positions in our provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 respectively. We had $4 million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2018 and 2017 .

Other Tax Matters
As is the case with other large corporations, our tax returns are examined each year by tax authorities in the U.S. and other global taxing jurisdictions in which we have operations. The IRS examinations of our consolidated U.S. income tax returns for tax years prior to 2015 are closed to audit; however, various post-2011 U.S. state and local tax returns are still subject to examination. In Canada, the examination of our tax filings prior to 2014 are closed to audit. Other significant jurisdictions include France, (closed through 2014), Germany, (closed through 2012) and the U.K. (except for an item under appeal, closed through 2016). We also have other less significant tax filings currently subject to examination.
We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the related financial statement implications. We believe we have established tax reserves that are appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. However, determining the appropriate level of tax reserves requires judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax law and the possibility of tax adjustments. Future changes in tax reserve requirements could have a material impact, positive or negative, on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

82

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

16. Commitments and Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. These may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things, contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; intellectual property or patent rights; equipment, service, payment or other disputes with clients; or disputes with employees. Some of these actions may be brought as a purported class action on behalf of a purported class of employees, clients or others. In management's opinion, it is not reasonably possible that the potential liability, if any, that may result from these actions, either individually or collectively, will have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, as litigation is inherently unpredictable, there can be no assurances in this regard.

In August 2018, the Company, certain of its directors, officers and several banks who served as underwriters, were named as defendants in City of Livonia Retiree Health and Disability Benefits Plan v. Pitney Bowes Inc. et al. , a putative class action lawsuit filed in Connecticut state court. The complaint asserts claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on behalf of those who purchased notes issued by the Company in connection with a September 13, 2017 offering, alleging, among other things, that the Company failed to make certain disclosures relating to components of its third quarter 2017 performance at the time of the notes offering. The complaint seeks compensatory damages and other relief. In addition, in December 2018 and then in February 2018, certain of the Company’s officers and directors were named as defendants in two virtually identical derivative actions purportedly brought on behalf of the Company, Clem v. Lautenbach et al. and Devolin v. Lautenbach et al. These two actions, both filed by the same counsel in Connecticut state court allege, among other things, breaches of fiduciary duty relating to these same disclosures, and seek compensatory damages and other relief derivatively for the benefit of the Company. Although litigation outcomes are inherently unpredictable, we believe these matters are without merit and intend to defend them vigorously. A reasonable estimate of the amount of any possible loss or range of loss cannot be made at this time.

17. Leases
We lease office space and equipment under operating lease agreements with varying terms. Certain leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance and include renewal options and escalation clauses. Rent expense was $53 million , $46 million and $45 million in 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2018 were as follows:
Years ending December 31,
 
2019
$
48,182

2020
41,366

2021
34,665

2022
26,616

2023
17,988

Thereafter
62,668

Total minimum lease payments
$
231,485



83

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Stockholders' Equity
Preferred and Preference Stock
We have two classes of preferred stock issued and outstanding, the 4% Preferred Stock (the Preferred Stock) and the $2.12 Preference Stock (the Preference Stock) . The Preferred Stock is entitled to cumulative dividends of $2 per year and can be converted into 24.24 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment, in certain events. The Preferred Stock is redeemable at our option at a price of $50 per share, plus dividends accrued through the redemption date. We are authorized to issue 600,000 shares of Preferred Stock. There were 12 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding at both December 31, 2018 and 2017 . There are no unpaid dividends in arrears.

The Preference Stock is entitled to cumulative dividends of $2.12 per year and can be converted into 16.53 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment, in certain events. The Preference Stock is redeemable at our option at a price of $28 per share. We are authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of Preference Stock. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , there were 14,635 shares and 16,301 shares outstanding, respectively. There are no unpaid dividends in arrears.

Common and Treasury Stock
The following table summarizes the changes in shares of Common Stock outstanding and Treasury Stock:
 
Common Stock Outstanding
 
Treasury Stock
Balance at December 31, 2015
195,521,208

 
127,816,704

Repurchases of common stock
(10,633,235
)
 
10,633,235

Issuance of common stock
767,060

 
(767,060
)
Conversions to common stock
13,685

 
(13,685
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
185,668,718

 
137,669,194

Issuance of common stock
881,480

 
(881,480
)
Conversions to common stock
53,540

 
(53,540
)
Balance at December 31, 2017
186,603,738

 
136,734,174

Issuance of common stock
1,043,809

 
(1,043,809
)
Conversions to common stock
27,535

 
(27,535
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
187,675,082

 
135,662,830


At December 31, 2018 , 33,572,744 shares were reserved for issuance under our stock plans, dividend reinvestment program and the conversion of Preferred Stock and Preference Stock.

84

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

19. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 were as follows:
 
Amounts Reclassified from AOCI (a)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Gain (loss) on cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
11

 
$
(179
)
 
$
68

Cost of sales
51

 
(32
)
 
(222
)
Interest expense
(1,183
)
 
(2,028
)
 
(2,028
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(1,267
)
 

 

Total before tax
(2,388
)
 
(2,239
)
 
(2,182
)
Tax benefit
(941
)
 
(872
)
 
(850
)
Net of tax
$
(1,447
)
 
$
(1,367
)
 
$
(1,332
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain (loss) on available for sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
3,244

 
$
(520
)
 
$
(1,126
)
Tax (benefit) provision
821

 
(201
)
 
(433
)
Net of tax
$
2,423

 
$
(319
)
 
$
(693
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans (b)
 
 
 
 
 
Transition asset
$
7

 
$
8

 
$
8

Prior service costs
(173
)
 
(166
)
 
(164
)
Actuarial losses
(41,610
)
 
(40,606
)
 
(38,370
)
Settlement
(44,898
)
 

 

Total before tax
(86,674
)
 
(40,764
)
 
(38,526
)
Tax benefit
(21,675
)
 
(13,936
)
 
(14,430
)
Net of tax
$
(64,999
)
 
$
(26,828
)
 
$
(24,096
)
(a)     Amounts in parentheses indicate reductions to income and increases to other comprehensive income.
(b)
Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to other components of net pension and postretirement cost. These amounts are included in net periodic costs for defined benefit pension plans and nonpension postretirement benefit plans (see Note 14 for additional details).

85

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 were as follows:
 
Cash flow hedges
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
Pension and postretirement benefit plans
 
Foreign currency adjustments
 
Total
Balance January 1, 2016
$
(3,912
)
 
$
536

 
$
(738,768
)
 
$
(146,491
)
 
$
(888,635
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (a)
1,095

 
(1,109
)
 
(73,141
)
 
(4,464
)
 
(77,619
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (a), (b)
1,332

 
693

 
24,096

 

 
26,121

Net other comprehensive income (loss)
2,427

 
(416
)
 
(49,045
)
 
(4,464
)
 
(51,498
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
(1,485
)
 
120

 
(787,813
)
 
(150,955
)
 
(940,133
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (a)
(288
)
 
1,158

 
12,185

 
106,391

 
119,446

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (a), (b)
1,367

 
319

 
26,828

 

 
28,514

Net other comprehensive income (loss)
1,079

 
1,477

 
39,013

 
106,391

 
147,960

Balance at December 31, 2017
(406
)
 
1,597

 
(748,800
)
 
(44,564
)
 
(792,173
)
Cumulative effect of accounting change
(87
)
 
344

 
(116,490
)
 

 
(116,233
)
Restated balance at December 31, 2017
(493
)
 
1,941

 
(865,290
)
 
(44,564
)
 
(908,406
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (a)
(763
)
 
(2,579
)
 
(46,170
)
 
(54,531
)
 
(104,043
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (a), (b)
1,447

 
(2,423
)
 
64,999

 

 
64,023

Net other comprehensive income (loss)
684

 
(5,002
)
 
18,829

 
(54,531
)
 
(40,020
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
$
191

 
$
(3,061
)
 
$
(846,461
)
 
$
(99,095
)
 
$
(948,426
)
(a)     Amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits to AOCI.
(b)     See table above for additional details of these reclassifications.

20. Stock-Based Compensation Plans
We have a long-term incentive program whereby eligible employees may be granted restricted stock units, non-qualified stock options and performance stock units. The Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors administers these plans. We settle stock awards with treasury shares. At December 31, 2018 , there were 14,411,742 shares available for future grants under our long-term incentive program.

Restricted Stock Units
Restricted stock units (RSUs) entitle the holder to shares of common stock as the units vest, typically over a three -year service period. The following table summarizes information about RSUs during 2018 and 2017 :
 
2018
 
2017
 
Shares
 
Weighted average grant date fair value
 
Shares
 
Weighted average grant date fair value
Outstanding - beginning of the year
2,651,053

 
$
14.16

 
1,609,459

 
$
17.50

Granted
1,754,098

 
12.36

 
1,995,473

 
13.24

Vested
(963,010
)
 
11.41

 
(784,295
)
 
19.42

Forfeited
(213,802
)
 
13.26

 
(169,584
)
 
14.76

Outstanding - end of the year
3,228,339

 
$
13.33

 
2,651,053

 
$
14.16


The fair value of RSUs is determined based on the stock price on the grant date less the present value of expected dividends. At December 31, 2018 , there was $15 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years . The intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2018 was $18 million . The intrinsic value of RSUs

86

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

vested during 2018 , 2017 and 2016 was $17 million , $26 million and $14 million , respectively. The fair value of RSUs vested during 2018 , 2017 and 2016 was $18 million , $14 million and $21 million , respectively. During 2016 , we granted 826,546 RSUs at a weighted average fair value of $17.20 .
Non-employee directors receive restricted stock units which are convertible into shares of common stock one year from date of grant. In 2018 and 2017 , we granted 131,420 and 63,090 restricted stock units, respectively, to non-employee directors.

Performance Stock Units
Performance stock units (PSUs) are stock awards where the number of shares ultimately received by the employee is conditional upon the attainment of certain performance targets as well as total shareholder return relative to peer companies. PSUs vest at the end of a three -year service period and the actual number of shares awarded may range from 0% to 200% of the target award. However, the final determination of the number of shares to be issued is made by our Board of Directors, who may reduce, but not increase, the ultimate number of shares to be awarded (negative discretion). PSUs are accounted for as variable awards until the end of the service period when the grant date is established.

The following table summarizes share information about PSUs during 2018 :
 
2018
 
2017
 
Shares
 
Weighted average grant date fair value
 
Shares
 
Weighted average grant date fair value
Outstanding - beginning of the year
1,145,025

 
$
13.43

 
379,898

 
$
25.01

Granted
733,148

 
12.64

 
1,073,934

 
10.51

Vested
(91,493
)
 
12.21

 
(258,688
)
 
13.17

Forfeited
(133,676
)
 
14.26

 
(50,119
)
 
26.10

Outstanding - end of the year
1,653,004

 
$
13.08

 
1,145,025

 
$
13.43


Share-based compensation expense for PSUs is recognized ratably over the service period based on the number shares expected to be awarded and the fair value of an award. The fair value of PSUs is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Due to the variability of these awards, significant fluctuations in share-based compensation expense for PSUs recognized from one period to the next are possible.

Stock Options
Stock options are granted at an exercise price equal to or greater than the stock price of our common stock on the grant date. Options vest ratably over three years and expire ten years from the grant date. At December 31, 2018 , there was $4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years . The intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2018 was not significant. There were no stock option exercises in 2018, 2017 or 2016.

The following table summarizes information about stock option activity during 2018 and 2017 :
 
2018
 
2017
 
Shares
 
Per share weighted average exercise prices
 
Shares
 
Per share weighted average exercise prices
Options outstanding - beginning of the year
10,495,039

 
$
21.67

 
9,122,762

 
$
27.13

Granted
4,932,467

 
8.47

 
2,553,510

 
13.16

Canceled
(258,509
)
 
13.09

 
(63,517
)
 
20.34

Expired
(1,575,841
)
 
36.86

 
(1,117,716
)
 
46.88

Options outstanding - end of the year
13,593,156

 
$
15.30

 
10,495,039

 
$
21.67

Options exercisable - end of the year
6,824,433

 
$
20.23

 
6,690,250

 
$
25.57





87

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)


The following table provides additional information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2018 :
 
 
Options Outstanding
 
Options Exercisable
Range of per share exercise prices
 
Shares
 
Per share weighted-average exercise price
 
Weighted-average remaining contractual life
 
Shares
 
Per share weighted-average exercise price
 
Weighted-average remaining contractual life
$5.99 - $13.11
 
4,537,267

 
$
8.02

 
9.7
 years
 

 
$

 

$13.16 - $17.71
 
4,903,330

 
14.72

 
7.3
 years
 
2,879,149

 
15.21

 
6.8
 years
$19.45 - $26.07
 
4,152,559

 
23.94

 
2.0
 years
 
3,945,284

 
23.90

 
1.7
 years
 
 
13,593,156

 
$
15.30

 
6.5
 years
 
6,824,433

 
$
20.23

 
3.9
 years

The fair value of stock options is determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model. The determination of fair value requires assumptions be made regarding the expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, life of the award and dividend yield. The expected stock price volatility is based on historical price changes of our stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasuries with a term equal to the expected life of the award. The expected life of the award and expected dividend yield are based on historical experience.

The follow table lists the weighted average of assumptions used to calculate the fair value of stock options granted during 2018 and 2017 :
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Expected dividend yield
9.9
%
 
5.7
%
 
4.5
%
Expected stock price volatility
37.8
%
 
29.7
%
 
29.0
%
Risk-free interest rate
2.8
%
 
2.3
%
 
1.6
%
Expected life
7 years

 
7 years

 
7 years

Weighted-average fair value per option granted
$1.26
 
$2.00
 
$2.85
Fair value of options granted
$6,229
 
$5,107
 
$5,013

Employee Stock Purchase Plan
We maintain a non-compensatory Employee Stock Purchase Plan that enables substantially all U.S. and Canadian employees to purchase shares of our common stock at an offering price of 95% of the average market price on the offering date. At no time will the exercise price be less than the lowest price permitted under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees purchased 218,424 shares and 150,629 shares in 2018 and 2017 , respectively. We have reserved 2,552,004 common shares for future purchase under the ESPP.
 
21. Subsequent Event
In January 2019, we sold the direct operations and moved to a dealer model in six smaller markets within International Mailing. Proceeds from the sale were not material.


88

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

22. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
 
First
Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Total
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
880,948

 
$
861,436

 
$
832,856

 
$
947,140

 
$
3,522,380

Cost of revenues
463,861

 
455,816

 
446,753

 
526,519

 
1,892,949

Operating expenses
355,798

 
352,156

 
340,974

 
368,142

 
1,417,070

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
61,289

 
53,464

 
45,129

 
52,479

 
212,361

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
16,263

 
6,458

 
(1,976
)
 
(8,362
)
 
12,383

Income from continuing operations
45,026

 
47,006

 
47,105

 
60,841

 
199,978

Income (loss) from discontinued operations
8,487

 
1,208

 
29,848

 
(15,856
)
 
23,687

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
53,513

 
$
48,214

 
$
76,953

 
$
44,985

 
$
223,665

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
0.24

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.32

 
$
1.07

Discontinued operations
0.05

 
0.01

 
0.16

 
(0.08
)
 
0.13

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
0.29

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.41

 
$
0.24

 
$
1.19

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
0.24

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.32

 
$
1.06

Discontinued operations
0.05

 
0.01

 
0.16

 
(0.08
)
 
0.13

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
0.28

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.41

 
$
0.24

 
$
1.19

 
First
Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Total
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
743,180

 
$
730,413

 
$
733,273

 
$
916,406

 
$
3,123,272

Cost of revenues
310,367

 
319,904

 
328,172

 
474,317

 
1,432,760

Operating expenses
348,307

 
368,258

 
348,836

 
403,196

 
1,468,597

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
84,506

 
42,251

 
56,265

 
38,893

 
221,915

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
27,082

 
790

 
10,828

 
(38,147
)
 
553

Income from continuing operations
57,424

 
41,461

 
45,437

 
77,040

 
221,362

Income from discontinued operations
7,709

 
7,440

 
11,921

 
12,908

 
39,978

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
65,133

 
$
48,901

 
$
57,358

 
$
89,948

 
$
261,340

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
0.31

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.24

 
$
0.41

 
$
1.19

Discontinued operations
0.04

 
0.04

 
0.06

 
0.07

 
0.21

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
0.35

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.48

 
$
1.40

Diluted earnings per share (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
0.31

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.24

 
$
0.41

 
$
1.18

Discontinued operations
0.04

 
0.04

 
0.06

 
0.07

 
0.21

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.
$
0.35

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.48

 
$
1.39


(1) The sum of earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.


89

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(Dollars in thousands)

Description
 
Balance at beginning of year
 
Additions charged to expense
 
Deductions
 
Balance at end of year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
2018
 
$
14,786

 
$
9,720

 
$
(6,889
)
 
$
17,617

2017
 
$
13,999

 
$
8,081

 
$
(7,294
)
 
$
14,786

2016
 
$
11,541

 
$
7,179

 
$
(4,721
)
 
$
13,999

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
2018
 
$
178,156

 
$
3,682

 
$
(39,342
)
 
$
142,496

2017
 
$
127,095

 
$
53,782

 
$
(2,721
)
 
$
178,156

2016
 
$
132,624

 
$
6,523

 
$
(12,052
)
 
$
127,095




90


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 20, 2019          PITNEY BOWES INC.
Registrant

By: /s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
Marc B. Lautenbach
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
Marc B. Lautenbach
 
President and Chief Executive Officer - Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Stanley J. Sutula III                                       
Stanley J. Sutula III
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Joseph R. Catapano
Joseph R. Catapano
 
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Michael I. Roth
Michael I. Roth
 
Non-Executive Chairman - Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Linda G. Alvarado
Linda G. Alvarado
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Anne M. Busquet
Anne M. Busquet
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Robert M. Dutkowsky
Robert M. Dutkowsky
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Roger Fradin
Roger Fradin
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Anne Sutherland Fuchs
Anne Sutherland Fuchs
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Mary J. Steele Guilfoile
Mary J. Steele Guilfoile
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ S. Douglas Hutcheson
S. Douglas Hutcheson
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Eduardo R. Menasc é
Eduardo R. Menascé
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ Linda S. Sanford
Linda S. Sanford
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ David L. Shedlarz
David L. Shedlarz
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019
/s/ David B. Snow, Jr.
David B. Snow, Jr.
 
Director
 
February 20, 2019

91








Exhibit 10(e)

PITNEY BOWES INC.
KEY EMPLOYEES INCENTIVE PLAN
(As Amended and Restated: February 4, 2019)

1.
PURPOSE

(A)
The Pitney Bowes Inc. Key Employees Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is designed to provide additional cash incentives for key employees of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries and affiliates by the making of awards of supplemental compensation related to the achievement of certain performance criteria specified from time to time by the Company. It is intended that such awards will be given in a way designed to retain or attract, and to provide additional incentive to key employees in order to align their efforts with the Company and its stockholders.

(B) The Plan shall award short-term incentives in the form of annual cash incentives, long-term cash-based incentives (e.g., Cash Incentive Units), and such other cash incentives as the Company deems reasonable and appropriate from time to time (e.g., retention awards).

2.
ELIGIBILITY

(A) Key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be eligible for awards under the Plan. The Committee, as defined in Section 7, shall determine from time to time who is a key employee of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

3.
AWARDS & PAYMENT

(A) From time to time, the Committee may make awards to such key employees as it determines to be appropriate under the terms of the Plan. All awards under the Plan shall be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Committee may determine, including the following:

(i)      The Committee shall decide who shall receive awards for the year, and shall make rules determining how each award is to be calculated.    Awards maybe made in cash, units ("as defined in subparagraph (ii)), or any combination thereof, as may, in the judgment of the Committee be best calculated to further the purposes of the Plan.

(ii)      Amounts paid to a Key Employee during any fiscal year of the Company shall not exceed the maximum amount of $5,000,000 for annual awards and $15,000,000 for Units.

(iii)      A "Unit" is an award which entitles the recipient to receive cash in an amount which is calculated based upon the business performance of the Company or any of its divisions, subsidiaries, or affiliates during a stated period ("Cash Incentive Unit or Unit"). The Company may base the Cash Incentive Unit award on the achievement of one or more pre-established objective performance measures listed in Section 9(C), or any other indicator specified by the Committee. The Committee shall fix the period during which such performance is to be measured (the "Cycle"), the time at which the value of the Units is to be paid, and the form of the payment to be made in respect of the Units. The Board may determine from time to time that a Unit award shall be settled in whole or in part in Company stock. The Units shall be awarded under the "Pitney Bowes Cash Incentive Units Program."

1






(iv)      All other cash awards made under the Plan, other than Units described in subparagraph (ii) above, are referred to as "Incentive Awards," which shall include "Annual Incentive Awards" made under the Pitney Bowes Incentive Program. Incentive Awards may be based on a participant's incentive target, individual performance, the achievement by the organization or business unit of one or more pre-established objective performance measures listed in Section 9(C) or any other measure that the Company determines appropriate to meet the purposes of the Plan.

(v)      The making of awards under this Plan and the calculation of the award value by the Company is made at the discretion of the Company and is final binding and conclusive on all parties. Awards made under this Plan both rewards past performance and incentivizes future performance.

(B) Payments with respect to maturing Cash Incentive Units shall be paid between February 1 and March 15 of the calendar year following the final year in the Cycle. Payments to participants who reside outside the United States shall be made in such currencies and such exchange rates as are consistent with the patterns and practices under this Plan as well as local patterns and practices. Annual Incentive Awards shall be paid no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the year for which the Incentive Awards were earned. All other cash awards made under this Plan shall be paid and governed pursuant to the terms of the written award document or notification.

(C)
The Committee may from time to time establish rules and procedures pursuant to which participants will be permitted or required to defer receipt of Incentive Awards or Units under the Company's Deferred Incentive Savings Plan.

4.
RETIREMENT, DISABILITY, DEATH, LEAVE OR TERMINATION

(A) If a participant's employment with the Company terminates for any reason before the distribution or payment of an Annual Incentive Award or a Cash Incentive Unit award, the award will be forfeited and will not be paid, except as provided in this Section or except as otherwise determined by the Committee.

(B) Incentive Award. If the participant's employment ceases on account of:

(i)      Retirement (or bridged to Retirement pursuant to a written severance agreement), Total Disability as defined under the Company's disability plans or because of a
Company-approved leave of absence, the participant shall be entitled to payment of the Annual Incentive Award on a pro-rata basis. ("Retirement" is defined as in the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan.) The payment will be based on the number of days the participant was actively employed during the performance measurement period, the participant's incentive percentage based on performance targets met and the participant's salary during the performance period. The payment will be made when the award otherwise would be paid whether or not the participant is actively employed at the time the payment is scheduled to be made. Actively employed for purposes of this Plan means the participant is physically at work or on a Company-approved paid leave of absence.

(ii)      In the event of death during the performance year, the award will be pro-rated and paid to the participant's spouse or designated beneficiary, or if none, to the participant's estate.

(iii)      If the participant terminates employment under the terms of a written severance agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, provide (a) in the event of a nonretirement eligible employee that all or a pro-rata portion of the participant's award is earned by and payable to the participant, or (b) in the event of a retirement eligible employee that the participant's award will be paid at the time of termination from employment in lieu of when the Annual Incentive Award is normally paid under the program.


2






(iv)      In the event of a sale, spin-off or outsourcing of a business or business unit, the Company shall determine whether eligible participants are entitled to an Incentive Award and the criteria to be used in calculating the award.

(C) Cash Incentive Unit. If the participant's employment ceases on account of:

(i)      Retirement (or bridged to Retirement pursuant to a written severance agreement), or Total Disability as defined under the Company's disability plans, the participant will be entitled to payment of the Cash Incentive Units on a pro-rated basis based on the number of full calendar rnonths of service during the Cycle through the date of Retirement or Total Disability. ("Retirement" is defined as in the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan.) During a paid leave of absence, Family Medical Leave Act of 1993 and military leaves of absence, and disability leave where the participant is receiving benefits under the Company's disability benefit plans, the participant will be treated as actively employed with respect to the participant's outstanding Cash Incentive Unit awards. The payment of the Cash Incentive Unit will be made when the award is otherwise paid to the other eligible participants, whether or not the participant is actively employed at the time the payment is scheduled to be made. A participant will be considered actively at work if physically at work or on a Company-approved paid leave of absence.

(ii)      In the event of death during a performance cycle, the award will be pro-rated through the date of death based on the full calendar month of service and will be paid to the participant's spouse or designated beneficiaries, or if none, to the participant's estate. The payment will be made when the award is otherwise paid to other eligible participants.

(iii)      If the participant terminates employment under the terms of a written severance agreement but is not otherwise retirement eligible, Cash Incentive Units outstanding for 12 months or more from the date of termination will be paid on a pro-rated basis based on the number of full calendar months of service during the Cycle through the last day of work. The payment will be made when the award is otherwise paid to other eligible participants. Cash Incentive Units outstanding less than 12 months from the date of termination shall be forfeited.

(iv)      In the event of a sale, spin-off or outsourcing of a business or business unit, Cash Incentive Units will be paid on a pro-rated basis based on the number of full calendar months' of service during the Cycle through the last day of work.

(D) Recoupment. In the event of a restatement of the Company's financial results which consists of a misrepresentation of the financial state of the Company for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Board, or its delegate, may, upon review of the facts and circumstances, take necessary and appropriate actions including adjusting, recouping or forfeiting any awards made or paid under this Plan to executive officers during the past 36 months where the payment or award was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results that were subsequently subject of a restatement.

In addition the Board, or its delegate, may adjust, recoup or forfeit any award made or paid under this Plan to any employee if the Board, or its delegate, reasonably believes that a Participant has (i) breached a covenant under the Proprietary Interest Protection Agreement ("PIP") executed by the employee or (ii) engaged in Gross Misconduct, where Gross Misconduct includes (a) the conviction of a felony, or crime of similar magnitude, in connection with the performance or non-performance of the employee's duties or (b) the willful act or failure to act in a way that results in material injury to the business or its employees. "Material injury" for this purpose means substantial and not inconsequential as determined by the Board or its delegate. The Board, or its delegate, shall determine in its/their sole discretion whether there has been a Gross Misconduct. The Board, or its delegate, will take into account the timing and magnitude of the injury to the business in determining the extent of adjustment, recoupment or forfeiture.

3




(E) The Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether there has been a Gross Misconduct and the Company's determination shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.

5.
CHANGE OF CONTROL

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Change of Control occurs, the following provisions shall apply:

(A) Annual Incentive Awards. A participant, who has previously been notified by the Company that he or she was eligible to receive an Annual Incentive Award for the year in which the Change of Control occurs, shall be paid a target incentive award for the calendar year of the Change of Control. The award shall be paid on the date on which Annual Incentive Awards would otherwise have been paid absent a Change of Control notwithstanding, except if a participant suffers a termination of employment on account of a Change of Control as defined under the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy, such participant shall be paid a prorated target incentive award no later than fifteen (15) days after the participant terminates employment.

(B) Cash Incentive Units. In the event of a Change of Control, all outstanding Cash Incentive Unit awards shall be valued at target, as established for each outstanding Cycle, and paid on the date on which such Cycle would otherwise be paid absent a Change of Control, except if a participant suffers a termination of employment on account of a Change of Control as defined under the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy, such participant shall be paid no later than fifteen (15) days after the participant terminates employment.

(C) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change of Control" and "Termination of Employment" shall be defined as provided in the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy from time to time.

(D) The foregoing is intended to set forth the minimum amount of Annual Incentive Award and Cash Incentive Unit payments that shall be made in the circumstances described above but are not intended to limit any additional payments that the Committee may desire to make as in its discretion it deems appropriate.

(E) Any right to a payment as provided in this Section shall be a contract right of the key employees as herein described, enforceable against the Company, its assigns and successors. Upon and following the occurrence of a Change of Control, any decision rendered pursuant to this

Section 5 may be contested by any claimant, and the Company agrees to pay, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which a claimant may reasonably incur as a result of any contest, provided the claimant substantially prevails in the outcome thereof.

6.
NO ASSIGNMENT

(A) No award, and no right under any award shall be assignable, alienable, saleable, or transferable by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in the Code (as defined below), or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder; provided however, that if so determined by the Committee, a participant may in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the participant, and to receive any cash distributable, with respect to any award upon the death of the participant. Each award, and each right under any award, shall be issuable or payable only to the participant, or, if permissible under applicable law, to the participant's guardian or legal representative or to a transferee receiving such award pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order referred to above. No award, and no right under any such award, may be pledged, alienated, attached, or otherwise encumbered and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment, or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any affiliate.

4





7.
ADMINISTRATION

(A) The Plan shall be administered by a committee designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan (the "Committee").

(B) The Committee may establish rules for the administration of the Plan and may make administrative decisions regarding the Plan and awards hereunder. The Committee may delegate its functions hereunder to the extent consistent with applicable law.

(C) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan, any award, or any award agreement or certificate shall be with and in the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons, including the Company, any affiliate, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any employee of the Company or of any affiliate.

8.
PLAN AMENDMENT AND TERMIINATION

(A) The Committee may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time, provided, however, that if in the judgment of the Committee such amendment or other action would have a material effect on the Plan, such amendment or other action must be taken by the Board of Directors of the Company. No amendment which would materially increase the cost of the Plan shall be made effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company. This Plan may not be amended, suspended or terminated from and after the date of a Change of Control as defined above) or in anticipation of a Change of Control so as to reduce or otherwise adversely affect the benefits to which participants in the Plan are entitled upon a Change of Control, calculated as of the date of the amendment, suspension or termination. Any termination of the Plan shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, if applicable.

9.
IRC SECTION 409A.

(A) It is anticipated that payments under this Plan (except for certain Unit payments after a Change of Control) shall not be subject to Section 409A of the Code as a result of the "short-term deferral" exception set forth in applicable guidance. However, if and to the extent that section 409A of the Code applies to amounts payable under the Plan, distributions may only be made under the Plan upon an event and in a manner permitted by Code Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of the Plan would cause a conflict with any applicable requirements of Code Section 409A, or would cause the administration of the Plan to fail to satisfy the applicable requirements of Section 409A, such provision shall be deemed null and void.

(B) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if Section 409A of the Code applies to the Plan and if a participant is a "specified employee," as defined in Code Section 409A, payment of benefits under this Plan upon termination of employment shall be postponed for six months after termination of employment if required in order to avoid adverse taxation under Code Section 409A. If payment of benefits under the Plan is required to be postponed pursuant to Section 409A, the accumulated amounts withheld on account of Section 409A shall be paid in a lump sum payment within fifteen days after the end of the required postponement period along with interest at the Applicable Federal Rate short-term rate on the unpaid balance for the postponement period. If the participant dies during such postponement period prior to the payment of benefits, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A shall be paid to the participant's beneficiary determined under Section 6.

10.
WITHHOLDING

(A) All payments under the Plan shall be subject to applicable tax withholding under various taxing jurisdictions as well as various liens that are legally placed on such payments as determined by the Company.

5




11.
CONTROLLING LAW

(A) The Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the state of Connecticut, exclusive of conflict of law provisions thereof, to the extent not preempted by Federal law, which shall otherwise control.

12.
OTHER PLANS; NO RIGHTS

(A) Nothing in the Plan shall prevent a participant from being included in any other employee benefit or stock option or purchase plan of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or from receiving any compensation provided by them. Neither the Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be understood as giving any person any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate, nor shall any person (including persons participating for a prior year) be entitled as of right to be selected as a participant in the Plan for any year.

13.
EFFECTIVE DATE

The Plan, as amended and restated herein, shall become effective on February 4, 2019 .

6


Exhibit 10(g)






PITNEY BOWES SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE POLICY
(As Amended and Restated Effective as of February 4, 2019)









APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
February 4, 2019
 






i



PITNEY BOWES
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE POLICY
INDEX

SECTION                                      PAGE

SECTION I - PURPOSE

1.1 Purpose                                1

                                                
SECTION II - DEFINITIONS                            

2.1
Annual Incentive                        2
2.2
Annual Incentive Award                    2
2.3
Annual Salary                            2
2.4
Board                                2
2.5
Change of Control                        2
2.6
Code                                3            
2.7
Company                            3
2.8
Date of the Change of Control                3
2.9
Date of Termination                        3        
2.10
Employee                            4            
2.11
ERISA                                4            
2.12
Participant                            4            
2.13
Plan                                4            
2.14
Restatement Effective Date                    4
2.15
Separation Period                        4            

SECTION III - PARTICIPATION                        5            
                
SECTION IV – SEPARATION BENEFITS                    6
    
SECTION V - TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
9            

SECTION VI - ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS            11            
        
SECTION VII - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION            12        

SECTION VIII – ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS
13


ii




SECTION IX - MISCELLANEOUS                        

9.1    Non-Alienability                        13    
9.2    Eligibility for Other Benefits                    13
9.3    Unfunded Plan Status                        14
9.4    Death                                14
9.5    I.R.C. Section 409A                        14
9.6    Validity and Severability                    15
9.7    Governing Law                        15
9.8    Plan Records                            15
9.9    Legal Service                            15
        

0





            
I. PURPOSE

1.1
The purpose of the Plan is to provide certain designated senior executive employees with continued compensation and benefits, subject to the specific terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, in the event there is a Change of Control and the covered executive incurs a Termination of Employment. In addition, the Plan is intended to provide an incentive to covered executives to continue to perform their job duties on behalf of the Company where the Company is faced with a Change of Control. No Change of Control has occurred under the terms of the Plan as of the effective date of this restatement.

1





II. DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of the Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the following respective meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

2.1
Annual Incentive ” shall mean the annual incentive, also referred to as the Pitney Bowes Incentive Plan (PBIP), that a Participant is eligible to earn under the Pitney Bowes Key Employee Incentive Plan.

2.2
Annual Incentive Award ” shall mean a Participant’s Annual Salary multiplied by the current incentive target percentage established for the Participant.

2.3
Annual Salary ” shall mean the Participant’s regular annual base salary in effect immediately prior to his or her Date of Termination, including cash compensation converted to other benefits under a flexible benefit arrangement maintained by the Company or deferred pursuant to a written plan or agreement with the Company, but excluding any type of allowances, reimbursements, premium pay, Cash Incentive Units, sign-on bonus, stock options and any actual gain thereon, prizes, awards, special bonuses and incentive payments other than the Annual Incentive.

2.4
Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.5
" Change of Control " For purposes of this Plan, a "Change of Control" shall be
deemed to have occurred if:

(i) there is an acquisition, in any one transaction or a series of transactions, other than from Pitney Bowes Inc., by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13(d)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Pitney Bowes Inc. entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, but excluding, for this purpose, any such acquisition by Pitney Bowes Inc. or any of its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Pitney Bowes Inc. or its subsidiaries, or any corporation with respect to which, following such acquisition, more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the common stock and voting securities of Pitney Bowes Inc. immediately prior to such acquisition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such acquisition, of the then outstanding shares of common stock or the

2



combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Pitney Bowes Inc. entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be; or

(ii)     individuals who, as of the Restatement Effective Date, constitute the Board (as of such date, the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Restatement Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by Pitney Bowes' shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of Pitney Bowes Inc. (as such terms are used in Rule 14(a)(11) or Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

(iii)     there occurs either (A) the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in each case, with respect to which the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the common stock and voting securities of Pitney Bowes Inc. immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale or other disposition do not, following such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale or other disposition beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale or other disposition or (B) an approval by the shareholders of Pitney Bowes Inc. of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Pitney Bowes Inc. or of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Pitney Bowes Inc.


2.6
Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

2.7
" Company " shall mean Pitney Bowes Inc. and any successor thereto.

2.8
Date of the Change of Control ” shall mean the date on which a Change of Control is determined to first occur.

2.9
Date of Termination ” shall mean the date on which a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment as defined in Section 5.1 hereof.

2.10 “ Employee ” shall mean any regular full‑time employee of the Company or a wholly-owned, fully-integrated subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.


3



2.11
ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

2.12
Participant ” shall mean an Employee who is designated as a Participant pursuant to Section III hereof.

2.13
Plan ” shall mean the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy as amended and restated effective as of March 1, 2013.

2.14
Restatement Effective Date ” shall mean September 11, 2017.

2.15
Separation Period ” shall mean (i) for Participants who are in compensation Bands I or J, and participants who are elected Corporate officers of Pitney Bowes Inc. but not in compensation Bands I or J, on the Change of Control, the period beginning on a Participant’s Date of Termination and ending on the second anniversary thereof (ii) for Participants who are in compensation Band H who are not elected corporate officers of Pitney Bowes Inc. the period beginning on a Participant's Date of Termination and ending on the expiration of 78 weeks following the Participant’s Date of Termination.




























4





III. PARTICIPATION
    
3.1
Each Employee who falls within compensation Bands H, I or J or who is an elected corporate officer of Pitney Bowes Inc. not in compensation Bands H, I or J shall be a Participant in the Plan.

3.2
Prior to the time a Change of Control has occurred, the Board may, in its sole discretion, without notice, amend, modify or terminate the eligibility of certain individual Employees or classes of Employees or Participants to participate in the Plan; provided, however, that such eligibility or participation may not be so amended, modified or terminated in connection with an actual, threatened, or proposed Change of Control in any manner which would result in an Employee or Participant otherwise becoming ineligible to participate in the Plan; and provided further that any amendment, modification or termination of the definition of an Employee or Participant’s participation in the Plan occurring within one year prior to a Change of Control shall be deemed to be in connection with an actual, threatened, or proposed Change of Control and shall be void.


In addition, when a Change of Control occurs, all rights of an Employee or Participant to eligibility and participation under the Plan shall be considered a contract right enforceable by the Participant against the Company and any successors thereto, subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This Plan is not amendable after a Change of Control without the consent of the Plan Participants to such amendment.


5





IV. SEPARATION BENEFITS

4.1
If any Participant incurs a Termination of Employment within two years after a Change of Control occurs (whether or not such termination is a result of such Change of Control) or a Participant is terminated within sixty (60) days before a Change of Control at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a Change of Control, and a Change of Control subsequently occurs, the Company shall pay such Participant separation benefits as determined in Section 4.2 hereof and the benefits as determined in Sections 4.3 and 4.4 hereof. For purposes of determining the benefits set forth in Sections 4.3 and 4.4, if the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment following a reduction of the Participant’s Annual Salary, opportunity to earn an Annual Incentive, or other compensation or employee benefits, such reduction shall not be given effect. Separation benefits as described in this Section shall be paid either (a) in one lump sum within fifteen (15) days of the Date of Termination or (b) in a stream of payments payable on regular pay periods following the Date of Termination only if the Change of Control event does not meet the definition of “change of control” under IRC Section 409A (as defined in Section 9.4 herein) and if required to be paid in that fashion by IRC 409A to avoid the additional tax imposed by IRC Section 409A; with such stream of payments continuing over the severance period used to calculate the severance benefits under Section 4.2 herein. If the termination of employment occurs before the Change of Control and is on account of the Change of Control, “fifteen (15) days” in the immediately prior sentence becomes “ninety (90) days” of the Date of Termination.

4.2
Separation benefits described in Section 4.1 hereof shall be determined as described below:

(a)
For a Participant in compensation Bands I or J, and for a Participant who is elected a corporate officer of Pitney Bowes Inc. who is not in compensation Bands I or J, an amount equal to the product of (1) two times (2) the sum of (x) the Participant’s Annual Salary and (y) the Participant’s Annual Incentive Award.

For a Participant in Band H, or who is not an elected corporate officer of Pitney Bowes Inc., an amount equal to the product of (1) one and one half times (2) the sum of (x) the Participant’s Annual Salary and (y) the Participant’s Annual Incentive Award.

Payments made under this Section 4.2(a) shall be made as provided in Section 4.1 above.


6



(b)
An amount equal to the difference between (1) the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the benefit under the Company’s qualified defined benefit retirement plan (the “Pension Plan”) and any excess or supplemental defined benefit retirement plans in which the Participant participates (collectively, the “Pension Restoration Plan”) which the Participant would receive if his or her employment continued during the Separation Period, assuming the Participant is fully vested in his or her benefit under the Pension Plan as of the Date of Termination, and (2) the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the Participant’s actual benefit (paid or payable), if any, under the Pension Plan and the Pension Restoration Plan as of the Date of Termination. For purposes of the calculation required under subsection 4.2(b)(1), only the Participant’s additional months of age and service accrued during the Separation Period, but not the Participant’s compensation earned during the Separation Period, shall be taken into account. This calculation shall be performed on the same basis as if the Participant had remained actively employed throughout the entire Separation Period, except that the Participant’s earnings used in calculating the Participant’s highest average earnings shall cease on the day before the Separation Period begins. The calculation of this amount shall be performed using the same factors employed under the Pension Plan and Participant’s compensation earned through the Date of Termination. The actuarial determination hereunder shall be made as of the Date of Termination and the actuarial assumptions used for purposes of determining actuarial equivalence shall be no less favorable to the Participant than the most favorable of those in effect under the Retirement Plan and the Pension Restoration Plan on the Date of Termination. Any Pension Restoration Plan payment shall be made in accordance with the payment election the Participant made under the Pension Restoration Plan.

4.3
During the Separation Period, the Participant and his or her Dependents shall continue to be provided with the medical, prescription drug, dental and life insurance and other health and welfare benefits in which the Participant has coverage under the plans or programs of the Company or its affiliates at the Date of Termination as if the Participant’s employment had not been terminated, unless the Participant elects to decline such coverage; provided, however, that if the Participant becomes reemployed with another employer and is eligible to receive a particular benefit described above under another employer‑provided plan, the medical and other welfare benefits described herein shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan during such applicable period of eligibility. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of the Participant for retiree medical, dental and life insurance benefits under the Company’s plans, practices, programs and policies, the Participant shall be considered to have remained employed during the Separation Period and to have retired or terminated employment on the last day of such period. The “COBRA” continuation period for a Participant shall commence following the last day of the Separation Period.


7



4.4 The Company shall, at its sole expense, provide the Participant with outplacement services, the scope and provider of which shall be selected by the Company from the list of vendors the Company used to provide those services before the Change
of Control, but at a cost to the Company of not more than the lesser of (i) 12% of Annual Salary and (ii) fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00).

4.5
To the extent any benefits described in this Section 4 cannot be provided to the Participant pursuant to the appropriate plan or program maintained for Company employees in which a Participant participates, including, without limitation, because the coverage would cause the benefit plan to become discriminatory, the Company shall provide such benefits outside such plan or program at no additional cost (including, without limitation, tax cost) to the Participant.

4.6 The cash lump sum payment and continuation benefits set forth in Sections 4.1,
4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 shall be payable in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other accrued or vested or earned but deferred rights, options or other benefits which may be owed to a Participant upon or following termination, including but not limited to regular Annual Salary earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination, Annual Incentives earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination, accrued vacation or sick pay, amounts or benefits payable under any incentive (other than the Annual Incentive) or other compensation plans, stock option plan, stock ownership plan, stock purchase plan, life insurance plan, health plan, disability plan or similar or successor plan. Amounts received under this Plan, shall not be duplicative of any severance pay or pay in lieu of required notice under any applicable federal, state or local law, including, without limitation, the federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act paid or payable by the Company to the Participant. In addition, any severance pay benefits made hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of statutory severance benefits paid to the participant if the Company had contributed to the fund or statutory scheme under which the benefits are paid.




















8




V. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

5.1
For purposes of the Plan, "Termination of Employment" shall include a termination of employment by the Participant for any of the following Good Reasons, subject to Section 5.3 below:

1. The assignment following a Change of Control to a Participant of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Participant’s position, authority, duties and responsibilities as existed on the day immediately prior to the Change of Control, or any other action by the Company
which results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties, or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial, and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Participant;

2. Any failure by the Company following a Change of Control to continue to provide the Participant with Annual Salary, employee benefits, or other compensation equal to or greater than that to which such Participant was entitled immediately prior to the Date of the Change of Control, other than an isolated, insubstantial, and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Participant;

3. Any failure by the Company following a Change of Control to continue to provide the Participant with the opportunity to earn Annual Incentives (and long-term incentive compensation as applicable) on a basis at least equal to that provided to the Participant prior to the Date of the Change of Control, taking into account the level of compensation that can be earned and the relative difficulty of any associated performance goals;

4.
The Company’s requiring the Participant, after a Change of Control, to
be based, at any office or location more than 35 miles farther from
the Participant’s place of residence than the office or location at which
the Participant is employed immediately prior to the Date of the Change of Control or the Company's requiring the Participant to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately before the Change of Control;

5. Any failure by the Company, after a Change of Control, to require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) who acquired all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under the Plan in the same manner and to the same

9



extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

Any good faith determination made by a Participant that a Good Reason described in subparagraphs 1 through 5 of this Section 5.1 has occurred shall be conclusive, subject to Section 5.3.

A Termination of Employment under this Plan shall not mean (a) the willful and continued failure of the Participant to perform substantially the Participant’s duties with the Company or any of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (b) the willful engaging by the Participant in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

5.2
Any termination by the Company or by the Participant in accordance with Section 5.1 shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other party. Any Notice of Termination shall be by written instrument which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in Section 5.1 above relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for
termination of the Participant’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Date of Termination (which date shall not be more than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by any Participant to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of entitlement to terminate under subparagraphs 1 through 5 of Section 5.1 above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any right of such Participant or preclude such Participant from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights.
    

5.3
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Termination of Employment for Good Reason under Section 5.1 shall not occur if, within 30 days after the date the Participant gives a Notice of Termination to the Company after a Change of Control, the Company corrects the action or failure to act that constitutes the grounds for termination for Good Reason as described in Section 5.1 and as set forth in the Participant’s Notice of Termination. If the Company does not correct the action or failure to act, the Participant must terminate his or her employment for Good Reason within 60 days after the end of the cure period, in order for the termination to be considered a Good Reason termination.

10





VI. ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS
    
6.1
The Plan Administrator shall be the Board or its delegate.     If an Employee or former Employee makes a written request alleging a right to receive benefits under this Plan or alleging a right to receive an adjustment in benefits being paid under the Plan, the Board shall treat it as a claim for benefits. All claims for benefits under the Plan shall be sent to the Executive Vice President Chief Human Resources Officer, or equivalent position, and must be received within 90 days after Termination of Employment. If the Board determines that any individual who has claimed a right to receive benefits, or different benefits, under the Plan is not entitled to receive all or any part of the benefits claimed, it will inform the claimant in writing of its determination and the reasons therefore in terms calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notice will be sent within 90 days of the claim unless the Board determines additional time, not exceeding 90 days, is needed. The notice shall make specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, and describe any additional material or information as necessary. Such notice shall, in addition, inform the claimant what procedure the claimant should follow to take advantage of the review procedures set forth below in the event the claimant desires to contest the denial of the claim. The claimant may within 90 days thereafter submit in writing to the Board a notice that the claimant contests the denial of his or her claim by the Board and desires a further review. The Board shall within 60 days thereafter review the claim and authorize the claimant and his or her personal representative to appear personally and review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments relating to the claim to the persons responsible for making the determination on behalf of the Board. The Board will render its final decision with specific reasons therefore in writing and will transmit it to the claimant within 60 days of the written request for review, unless the Board determines additional time, not exceeding 60 days, is needed, and so notifies the Participant. If the Company fails to respond to a claim filed in accordance with the foregoing within 60 days or any such extended period, the Company shall be deemed to have denied the claim.

If, after a Change of Control, a Participant institutes any legal action seeking to obtain or enforce, or is required to defend in any legal action the validity or enforceability of, any right or benefit provided by this Plan, the Company will pay for all actual legal fees and expenses incurred (as incurred) by such Participant, regardless of the outcome of such action and whether such action is between the Company and the Participant or between either of them and any third party.

11





VII. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

7.1
This Plan is established by the Company on a voluntary basis and not as consideration for services rendered in the past, and the benefits herein are provided at the will of the Company. Neither the establishment of this Plan nor the payment of benefits by the Company shall be construed or interpreted as a condition of employment, nor shall this Plan modify or enlarge any rights of any person covered by it to be continued or to be retained in the employ of the Company.

Prior to the time a Change of Control has occurred, the Board may, in its sole discretion, without notice, amend or modify, in whole or in part, all of the terms and conditions of this Plan; provided, however, that this Plan may not be so amended or modified in connection with an actual, threatened, or proposed Change of Control in any manner which would result in a reduction of benefits to any Participant, without the express consent of the Participant; and provided further that any amendment or modification occurring within one year prior to a Change of Control shall be deemed to be “in connection with” an actual, threatened, or proposed Change of Control and shall be void unless the amended or modified Plan provides equivalent or greater benefits to every eligible Participant. Such amendment or modification may be retroactive in application; provided, however, such retroactive application shall not require or provide for the return or repayment of any benefits paid prior to the date of the adoption of the amendment or modification.

Prior to the time a Change of Control has occurred, the Board shall have the sole and absolute right to terminate this Plan without notice at any time; provided, however, that this Plan may not be so terminated in connection with an actual, threatened, or proposed Change of Control, unless a new severance plan is adopted which provides equivalent or greater benefits to every eligible Participant; and provided further that any termination occurring within one year prior to a Change of Control shall be deemed to be in connection with an actual, threatened, or proposed Change of Control, and shall be void unless a new severance plan is adopted which provides equivalent or greater benefits to every eligible Participant. Any valid termination shall be effective as of the date specified by the Board and, if no date is specified, the date of the action of termination by the Board. Upon termination, the Company will continue to make payments which have not been fully paid, in accordance with the terms of the Plan immediately prior to termination.

When a Change of Control, as defined herein, occurs, then all rights to severance payments contained herein shall be considered a contract right enforceable by the Participant against the Company and any successors     thereto, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

12





VIII. ADJUSTMENT TO PAYMENTS

8.1
In the event that any benefits payable to a Participant pursuant to the Plan (“Payments”) (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section VIII would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any comparable successor provisions (the “Excise Tax”), then the Eligible Individual’s Payments hereunder shall be either (x) provided to the Participant in full, or (y) provided to the Participant as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, when taking into account applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment taxes, the Excise Tax, and any other applicable taxes, results in the receipt by the Participant, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under the Excise Tax. In the event that the payments and/or benefits are to be reduced pursuant to this Section VIII, such payments and benefits shall be reduced such that the reduction of compensation to be provided to the Participant as a result of this Section VIII is minimized. In applying this principle, the reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero. Unless the Company and the Participant otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section VIII shall be made in writing, in good faith and following the intent of this section by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accountants”). The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section VIII.

    

IX. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1
Non‑Alienability .     No benefit or payments provided hereunder shall be subject to any forms of sale, assignment or transfer. Benefits provided by this Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment or other legal or equitable proceedings by creditors or persons representing creditors. Such payments are, however, subject to all applicable taxes and appropriate withholdings.
9.2
Eligibility for Other Benefits . This Plan shall have no effect on the Participant’s eligibility for other benefits customarily provided after termination unless otherwise stated in a written agreement executed by an authorized representative of the Company. The payments of benefits under this Plan shall not be deemed to be a continuation of employment, pay, or credited service for purposes of determining

13



the availability, nature, or extent of the Company's benefit plans, programs or policies, except as expressly set forth herein.

9.3 Unfunded Plan Status .
This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing nonqualified deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning of Section 401 of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify as an ERISA welfare benefit plan. All payments pursuant to the Plan shall be made from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established or other segregation of assets made to assure payment. No Participant or other person shall have under any circumstances any interest in any particular property or assets of the Company as a result of participating in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may (but shall not be obligated to) create one or more grantor trusts, the assets of which are subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, to assist it in accumulating funds to pay its obligations under the Plan.

9.4
Death . In case of death, any unpaid payment or benefits to which the Participant was entitled at the time of death shall be paid to the Participant’s survivors or estate

9.5
I.R.C. Section 409A . If and to the extent that Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code applies to amounts payable under the Plan, distributions may only be made under the Plan upon an event and in a manner permitted by Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of the Plan would cause a conflict with any applicable requirements of Section 409A, or would cause the administration of the Plan to fail to satisfy the applicable requirements of section 409A, such provision shall be deemed null and void. It is intended that this Plan comply with the Change of Control provisions of Section 409A.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if Section 409A applies to the Plan and if a participant is a “specified employee,” as defined in section 409A, payment of benefits under this Plan upon termination of employment shall be postponed for six months after termination of employment if required in order to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A. If payment of benefits under the Plan is required to be postponed pursuant to Section 409A, the accumulated amounts withheld on account of section 409A shall be paid in a lump sum payment within five days after the end of the required postponement period along with interest at the Applicable Federal Rate (Short-Term) on the unpaid balance for the postponement period. If the participant dies during such postponement period prior to the payment of benefits, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A shall be paid to the participant’s beneficiary determined under Section 9.4.


14



9.6
Validity and Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect, and any prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
9.7
Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut without reference to principles of conflict of law, except to the extent pre‑empted by federal law.


15



9.8
Plan Records . The records for this Plan are kept on a plan year beginning on January 1 and ending on the following December 31.
9.9
Legal Service . The person designated to receive legal papers or summons in connection with this Plan is the Corporate Secretary, Pitney Bowes Inc., World Headquarters, Stamford CT 06926‑0700.

16

Exhibit 10(u)
EXECUTION VERSION
$1,000mm Revolving Credit Facility


THIRD AMENDMENT dated as of December 14, 2018 (this “ Amendment ”) to the CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of January 6, 2015, and amended on May 31, 2017 and September 12, 2017 (as in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among PITNEY BOWES INC., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, each SUBSIDIARY BORROWER party thereto, the BANKS party thereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
WHEREAS, the Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers under the Credit Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein; and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1.01.      Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein (including in the recitals hereto) have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 1.02.      Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective on the Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement is amended as follows:
(a)      The definition of “Applicable Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the existing table therein with the following table:
Standard & Poor’s/Moody’s Rating   (each a “ Category ”)
Eurocurrency
Spread
Base Rate
Spread
Facility
Fee Rate
Letter of Credit
Fee Rate
Category 1
A-/A3
0.90%
0.00%
0.10%
0.90%
Category 2
BBB+/Baa1
1.00%
0.00%
0.125%
1.00%
Category 3
BBB/Baa2
1.10%
0.10%
0.15%
1.10%
Category 4
BBB-/Baa3
1.30%
0.30%
0.20%
1.30%
Category 5
BB+/Ba1
1.50%
0.50%
0.25%
1.50%
Category 6
lower than BB+/ Ba1 or unrated
1.75%
0.75%
0.30%
1.75%



[[3883333]]




(b)      Section 8.07 of the Credit Agreement is amended to read as follows:
“8.07. Financial Covenant . The Company will not permit the Leverage Ratio to exceed (a) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter during which the Neutron Acquisition Closing Date shall occur and each subsequent fiscal quarter ending after the Neutron Acquisition Closing Date and on or prior to September 30, 2018, 4.50 to 1.00, (b) as of the last day of the fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2018, March 31, 2019, and June 30, 2019, 4.25 to 1.00, (c) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2019, 4.00 to 1.00, or (d) as of the last day of any other fiscal quarter, 3.50 to 1.00.”
(c)      Section 9(d) of the Credit Agreement is amended to replace the reference to “8.01(e)” therein with “8.01(f)”.
SECTION 1.03.      Representations and Warranties . To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, the Company represents and warrants to each of the Banks and the Administrative Agent that: (a) this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and (b) the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are true and complete on and as of the Effective Date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date; provided , however , that for purposes of this Section 1.03, the dates in the last sentence of Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement and in Section 7.03 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be December 31 of the year for which the Company shall most recently have filed an Annual Report on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date.
SECTION 1.04.      Effectiveness.
(a)      The amendments provided for in Section 1.02 of this Amendment shall become effective on the first date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”):
(i) this Amendment shall have been executed by the Majority Banks and the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart hereof executed by the Company;



[[3883333]]



(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date, of a senior officer of the Company to the effect that (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing as of the Effective Date and (ii) the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement (in each case, as amended hereby and as adjusted by Section 1.03 hereof) are true and complete on and as of the Effective Date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date;
(iii) the Company shall have paid all fees payable by it under Section 1.05 hereof;
(iv) the Administrative Agent shall have received reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Company under the Credit Agreement or Section 1.06 hereof; and
(v) the Company shall have obtained amendments to the respective “financial covenants” in the 2016 Term Loan Agreement, the 2017 Term Loan Agreement and the Agreement Re: Term Loan Facility, dated as of August 30, 2017, between the Company and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi-UFJ, Ltd., each substantially consistent with the amendment to the Credit Agreement described in Section 1.02(b) hereof and such amendment shall be effective, or substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of this Amendment will be effective.
SECTION 1.05.      Fees . The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Bank party hereto, an amendment fee equal to 0.10% of the aggregate amount of such Bank’s Commitment (whether used or unused) on the Effective Date, which fee will be due and payable on the Effective Date.
SECTION 1.06.      Expenses. The Company agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.
SECTION 1.07.      Effect of Amendment.      Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment shall apply and be effective only with respect to the provisions of the Credit Agreement specifically referred to herein. This Amendment shall constitute a



[[3883333]]



Loan Document. On and after the Effective Date, any reference to the Credit Agreement contained in the Loan Documents shall mean the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.
SECTION 1.08.      Counterparts.      This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.
SECTION 1.09.      Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 1.10.      Headings. The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
PITNEY BOWES INC.,
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,  
as Administrative Agent,
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE TO
PITNEY BOWES INC. THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


Name of Institution:
______________________________________

By
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


For any institution requiring a second signature                     block:

By
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:




[[3883333]]
Exhibit 10(x)
EXECUTION VERSION
$300M Term Loan Credit Facility


SECOND AMENDMENT dated as of December 14, 2018 (this “ Amendment ”) to the CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of January 5, 2016, and amended on September 12, 2017 (as in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among PITNEY BOWES INC., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, the BANKS party thereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
WHEREAS, the Banks have extended credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein; and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1.01.      Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein (including in the recitals hereto) have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 1.02.      Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective on the Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement is amended as follows:
(a)      The definition of “Applicable Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the existing table therein with the following table:
Standard & Poor’s/Moody’s Rating   (each a “ Category ”)
Eurocurrency
Spread
Base Rate
Spread
Category 1
A-/A3
1.00%
0.00%
Category 2
BBB+/Baa1
1.125%
0.125%
Category 3
BBB/Baa2
1.250%
0.250%
Category 4
BBB-/Baa3
1.50%
0.50%
Category 5
BB+/Ba1
1.75%
0.75%
Category 6
lower than BB+/ Ba1 or unrated
2.25%
1.25%




[[3884815]]



(b)      Section 8.07 of the Credit Agreement is amended to read as follows:
“8.07. Financial Covenant . The Borrower will not permit the Leverage Ratio to exceed (a) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter during which the Neutron Acquisition Closing Date shall occur and each subsequent fiscal quarter ending after the Neutron Acquisition Closing Date and on or prior to September 30, 2018, 4.50 to 1.00, (b) as of the last day of the fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2018, March 31, 2019, and June 30, 2019, 4.25 to 1.00, (c) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2019, 4.00 to 1.00, or (d) as of the last day of any other fiscal quarter, 3.50 to 1.00.”
SECTION 1.03.      Representations and Warranties . To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Banks and the Administrative Agent that: (a) this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and (b) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are true and complete on and as of the Effective Date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date; provided , however , that for purposes of this Section 1.03, the dates in the last sentence of Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement and in Section 7.03 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be December 31 of the year for which the Borrower shall most recently have filed an Annual Report on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date.
SECTION 1.04.      Effectiveness.
(a)      The amendments provided for in Section 1.02 of this Amendment shall become effective on the first date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”):
(i) this Amendment shall have been executed by the Majority Banks and the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart hereof executed by the Borrower;
(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date, of a senior officer of the Borrower to the effect that (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing as of the Effective Date and (ii) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement (in each case, as amended hereby and as adjusted by Section 1.03 hereof) are true and complete on and as of the Effective Date (or, if



[[3884815]]



any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date;
(iii) the Borrower shall have paid all fees payable by it under Section 1.05 hereof;
(iv) the Administrative Agent shall have received reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement or Section 1.06 hereof; and
(v) the Borrower shall have obtained amendments to the respective “financial covenants” in the Revolver, the 2017 Term Loan Agreement and the Agreement Re: Term Loan Facility, dated as of August 30, 2017, between the Borrower and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi-UFJ, Ltd., each substantially consistent with the amendment to the Credit Agreement described in Section 1.02(b) hereof and such amendment shall be effective, or substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of this Amendment will be effective.
SECTION 1.05.      Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Bank party hereto, an amendment fee equal to 0.10% of the aggregate amount of such Bank’s outstanding Loans on the Effective Date, which fee will be due and payable on the Effective Date.
SECTION 1.06.      Expenses. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.
SECTION 1.07.      Effect of Amendment.      Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment shall apply and be effective only with respect to the provisions of the Credit Agreement specifically referred to herein. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document. On and after the Effective Date, any reference to the Credit Agreement contained in the Loan Documents shall mean the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.
SECTION 1.08.      Counterparts.      This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile



[[3884815]]



or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.
SECTION 1.09.      Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 1.10.      Headings. The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
PITNEY BOWES INC.,
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,  
as Administrative Agent,
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE TO
PITNEY BOWES INC. SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


Name of Institution:
______________________________________

By
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


For any institution requiring a second signature                     block:

By
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:




[[3884815]]
Exhibit 10(z)
EXECUTION VERSION
$200M Term Loan Credit Facility


FIRST AMENDMENT dated as of December 14, 2018 (this “ Amendment ”) to the CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of September 12, 2017 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among PITNEY BOWES INC., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, the BANKS party thereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
WHEREAS, the Banks have extended credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein; and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1.01.      Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein (including in the recitals hereto) have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 1.02.      Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective on the Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement is amended as follows:
(a)      Section 8.07 of the Credit Agreement is amended to read as follows:
“8.07. Financial Covenant . The Borrower will not permit the Leverage Ratio to exceed (a) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter during which the Neutron Acquisition Closing Date shall occur and each subsequent fiscal quarter ending after the Neutron Acquisition Closing Date and on or prior to September 30, 2018, 4.50 to 1.00, (b) as of the last day of the fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2018, March 31, 2019, and June 30, 2019, 4.25 to 1.00, (c) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2019, 4.00 to 1.00, or (d) as of the last day of any other fiscal quarter, 3.50 to 1.00.”
SECTION 1.03.      Representations and Warranties . To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Banks and the Administrative Agent that: (a) this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and (b) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are true and complete on and



[[3884817]]



as of the Effective Date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date; provided , however , that for purposes of this Section 1.03, the dates in the last sentence of Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement and in Section 7.03 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be December 31 of the year for which the Borrower shall most recently have filed an Annual Report on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date.
SECTION 1.04.      Effectiveness.
(a)      The amendments provided for in Section 1.02 of this Amendment shall become effective on the first date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”):
(i) this Amendment shall have been executed by the Majority Banks and the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart hereof executed by the Borrower;
(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date, of a senior officer of the Borrower to the effect that (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing as of the Effective Date and (ii) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement (in each case, as amended hereby and as adjusted by Section 1.03 hereof) are true and complete on and as of the Effective Date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date;
(iii) the Borrower shall have paid all fees payable by it under Section 1.05 hereof;
(iv) the Administrative Agent shall have received reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement or Section 1.06 hereof; and
(v) the Borrower shall have obtained amendments to the respective “financial covenants” in the 2016 Term Loan Agreement, the Revolver and the Agreement Re: Term Loan Facility, dated as of August 30, 2017, between the Borrower and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi-UFJ, Ltd., each substantially consistent with the amendment to the Credit Agreement described in Section 1.02(b) hereof and such amendment shall be effective, or substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of this Amendment will be effective.
SECTION 1.05.      Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Bank party hereto, an amendment fee equal to 0.10% of



[[3884817]]



the aggregate amount of such Bank’s outstanding Loans on the Effective Date, which fee will be due and payable on the Effective Date.
SECTION 1.06.      Expenses. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.
SECTION 1.07.      Effect of Amendment.      Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment shall apply and be effective only with respect to the provisions of the Credit Agreement specifically referred to herein. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document. On and after the Effective Date, any reference to the Credit Agreement contained in the Loan Documents shall mean the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.
SECTION 1.08.      Counterparts.      This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.
SECTION 1.09.      Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 1.10.      Headings. The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
PITNEY BOWES INC.,
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,  
as Administrative Agent,
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE TO
PITNEY BOWES INC. FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


Name of Institution:
______________________________________

By
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


For any institution requiring a second signature                     block:

By
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:




[[3884817]]

Exhibit 10(bb)
EXECUTION VERSION

FIRST AMENDMENT dated as of December 14, 2018 (this “ Amendment ”) to the TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT dated as of August 30, 2017 (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) between PITNEY BOWES INC., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and MUFG BANK, LTD., f/k/a The Bank of Tokyo­Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. (the “ Lender ”).

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed to amend the Term Loan Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein (including in the recitals hereto) have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

SECTION 2. Amendment of the Term Loan Facility Agreement . Effective on the Amendment Effective Date, the first sentence of the definition of “Incorporated Agreement” in Exhibit A of the Term Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following sentence:

“The Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2015, as amended by the First Amendment dated as of May 31, 2017, as further amended by the Second Amendment dated as of September 1, 2017, and as further amended by the Third Amendment dated on or about December 14, 2018 among the Borrower, each subsidiary borrower party thereto from time to time, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto.”

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties . To induce the Lender to enter into this Amendment, the Company represents and warrants to the Lender that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 4. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) on which it shall have been executed by the Lender and the Company.

SECTION 5. [Intentionally omitted] .




SECTION 6. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lender under the Term Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Term Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment shall apply and be effective only with respect to the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement specifically referred to herein. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document. On and after the Amendment Effective Date, any reference to the Term Loan Agreement contained in the Loan Documents shall mean the Term Loan Agreement as modified hereby.

SECTION 7. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

SECTION 8. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 9. Headings. The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

PITNEY BOWES INC.,

by

______________________________
Name:
Title:


by

______________________________
Name:
Title:


MUFG BANK, LTD.

by

______________________________
Name:
Title:













[Signature Page to First Amendment]



Exhibit 21
PITNEY BOWES INC.
SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
The Registrant, Pitney Bowes Inc., a Delaware Corporation, has no parent
The following are subsidiaries of the Registrant
(as of December 31, 2018 )

Subsidiary Name
Country or state of incorporation
AtLast Holdings Inc.
Colorado
B. Williams Funding Corp.
Delaware
Borderfree Limited
Ireland
Borderfree Research and Development Ltd.
Israel
Borderfree Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
China
Borderfree UK Limited
United Kingdom
Borderfree, Inc.
Delaware
Elmcroft Road Realty Corporation
Connecticut
Enroute Systems Corporation
Deleware
FSL Holdings Inc.
Connecticut
FSL Risk Managers Inc.
New York
Group 1 Software China Ltd.
Hong Kong
Harvey Company, L.L.C
Delaware
Intreprinderea Cu Capital Strain "Tacit Knowledge" S.R.L (Moldova)
Republic of Moldova
MapInfo Realty LLC
New York
Mount Verde Insurance Company, Inc.
Vermont
Newgistics, Inc.
Delaware
NGS Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
NGS Intermediate Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
OldEurope Limited
United Kingdom
OldMS Limited
United Kingdom
OldPBSL
United Kingdom
PB Can LP II
Canada
PB Can US Holding LLC
Delaware
PB Equipment Management Inc.
Delaware
PB European UK LLC
Delaware
PB Nova Scotia Holding Inc.
Delaware
PB Nova Scotia Holdings ULC
Canada
PB Nova Scotia II ULC
Canada
PB Nova Scotia VI ULC
Canada
PB Nova Scotia VII ULC
Canada
PB Professional Services Inc.
Delaware
PB US Can LLC
Delaware
PB Wilmington USlux, LLC
Delaware
PB Worldwide Inc,
Delaware
Pitney Bowes (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd
Singapore
Pitney Bowes (Switzerland) AG
Switzerland
Pitney Bowes Australia FAS Pty Limited
Australia
Pitney Bowes Australia Pty Limited
Australia





Pitney Bowes Brasil Equipamentos e Servicos Ltda
Brazil
Pitney Bowes Canada II LP
Canada
Pitney Bowes Danmark A/S
Denmark
Pitney Bowes Deutschland GmbH
Germany
Pitney Bowes Finance Ireland Limited
Ireland
Pitney Bowes Finance Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes Funding SRL
Barbados
Pitney Bowes Global Financial Services LLC
Delaware
Pitney Bowes Global Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes Global LLC
Delaware
Pitney Bowes Holdco Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes Holding SNC
France
Pitney Bowes Holdings Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes India Private Limited
India
Pitney Bowes International Finance Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
Pitney Bowes Ireland Limited
Ireland
Pitney Bowes Italia S.r.l.
Italy
Pitney Bowes Japan K.K.
Japan
Pitney Bowes Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg Holding II S.a.r.l.
Luxembourg
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg Holding S.a.r.l.
Luxembourg
Pitney Bowes New Zealand Limited
New Zealand
Pitney Bowes Norge AS
Norway
Pitney Bowes Nova Scotia ULC
Canada
Pitney Bowes of Canada Ltd. - Pitney Bowes du Canada Ltee
Canada
Pitney Bowes Oy
Finland
Pitney Bowes PayCo Australia PTY LTD
Australia
Pitney Bowes PayCo Canada Ltd.
Canada
Pitney Bowes PayCo EMR Limited
United Arab Emirates
Pitney Bowes PayCo Holdings Limited
Ireland
Pitney Bowes PayCo Hong Kong Limited
Hong Kong
Pitney Bowes PayCo Japan KK
Japan
Pitney Bowes PayCo Korea Ltd
South Korea
Pitney Bowes PayCo Mexico, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
Mexico
Pitney Bowes PayCo Singapore Pte Ltd
Singapore
Pitney Bowes PayCo Switzerland GmbH
Switzerland
Pitney Bowes PayCo UK Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes PayCo US Inc.
Delaware
Pitney Bowes Polska Sp. z.o.o.
Poland
Pitney Bowes Presort Services, Inc.
Delaware
Pitney Bowes Properties Inc.
Connecticut
Pitney Bowes Puerto Rico, Inc.
Puerto Rico
Pitney Bowes SAS
France
Pitney Bowes Shelton Realty LLC
Connecticut
Pitney Bowes Software (Beijing) Ltd
China





Pitney Bowes Software Canada Inc.
Canada
Pitney Bowes Software Europe Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes Software Holdings Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes Software Inc.
Delaware
Pitney Bowes Software India Private Limited
India
Pitney Bowes Software Pte. Ltd
Singapore
Pitney Bowes Software Pty Ltd
Australia
Pitney Bowes Software SAS
France
Pitney Bowes Svenska Aktiebolag
Sweden
Pitney Bowes UK Funding Limited
United Kingdom
Pitney Bowes UK LP
United Kingdom
PitneyWorks.com Inc.
Delaware
PitneyWorks.com L.L.C.
Delaware
Portrait International, Inc.
Ohio
Portrait Million Handshakes AS
Norway
Portrait Software International Limited
United Kingdom
Portrait Software Limited
United Kingdom
Real Time Content Limited
United Kingdom
Tacit Knowledge Latin America, S. de R.L de C.V.
Mexico
Tacit Knowledge Ltd.
United Kingdom
Tacit Knowledge, Inc.
California
The Pitney Bowes Bank, Inc.
Utah
Wheeler Financial from Pitney Bowes Inc.
Delaware
Wheeler Insurance, Ltd.
Vermont





EXHIBIT 23



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-224833, 333-190308, 333-145527, 333-132592, 333-132591, 333-132590, 333-132589, 333-66735, and 333-05731) and on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-216744, 333-198756) of Pitney Bowes Inc. of our report dated February 20, 2019 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 20, 2019




Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Marc B. Lautenbach, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 20, 2019


/s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
 
 
 
 
Marc B. Lautenbach
 
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 



Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Stanley J. Sutula III, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 20, 2019

/s/ Stanley J. Sutula III
 
 
 
Stanley J. Sutula III
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 



Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Marc B. Lautenbach, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.




/s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
 
 
 
Marc B. Lautenbach
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
Date:     February 20, 2019


The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company.



Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Stanley J. Sutula III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


/s/ Stanley J. Sutula III
 
 
 
Stanley J. Sutula III
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
Date:     February 20, 2019



The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company.